WO2013084263A1 - Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus - Google Patents
Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2013084263A1 WO2013084263A1 PCT/JP2011/006843 JP2011006843W WO2013084263A1 WO 2013084263 A1 WO2013084263 A1 WO 2013084263A1 JP 2011006843 W JP2011006843 W JP 2011006843W WO 2013084263 A1 WO2013084263 A1 WO 2013084263A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- segment
- information
- unit
- broadcast
- pilot
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
- H04N21/258—Client or end-user data management, e.g. managing client capabilities, user preferences or demographics, processing of multiple end-users preferences to derive collaborative data
- H04N21/25866—Management of end-user data
- H04N21/25891—Management of end-user data being end-user preferences
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/442—Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
- H04N21/44213—Monitoring of end-user related data
- H04N21/44222—Analytics of user selections, e.g. selection of programs or purchase activity
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
- H04N21/83—Generation or processing of protective or descriptive data associated with content; Content structuring
- H04N21/835—Generation of protective data, e.g. certificates
- H04N21/8352—Generation of protective data, e.g. certificates involving content or source identification data, e.g. Unique Material Identifier [UMID]
Definitions
- the present invention relates to digital broadcasting transmission technology and reception technology for transmitting digital information such as video, audio and data.
- Patent Document 1 when transmitting various pieces of information in segment units, a plurality of segments are processed and transmitted at the same time, and the receiver side selects an arbitrary segment from the received signal. It was possible to select and demodulate.
- Patent Document 1 discloses that the transmitting side transmits various pieces of information on a segment basis, and the receiving side selects and demodulates an arbitrary segment.
- the present invention has been made in view of such a situation, and an object thereof is to provide a transmission device or a reception device that associates information between segments and can select and demodulate segments according to the association. There is to do.
- information between segments can be associated on the transmission side, and a segment can be selected and demodulated on the reception side according to the association, so that the amount of information that can be transmitted in one segment
- the above information can be processed, and information on segments other than the selected and demodulated segments can be obtained.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a system configuration of digital broadcast distribution in Embodiment 1 according to the present invention.
- 101 is a content transmission device
- 102 is a data transmission device for loss compensation
- 103 is a license management device
- 104 is a payment system / customer management system
- 105 is a removable medium
- 106 is a reception device
- 107 is a storage device
- 108 is metadata transmission Device.
- Content to be distributed and metadata storing information related to the content are stored in the storage device 107 and registered in the content transmission device 101 for distribution.
- the registered content and metadata are transmitted from the content transmitting apparatus 101 via broadcast waves together with access control common information and access control individual information.
- the metadata may be transmitted from the metadata transmission apparatus 108 via communication as well as via broadcast waves.
- Information relating to whether or not viewing is possible is managed by the license management apparatus 103 and the settlement system / customer management system 104, and access control common information and access control individual information are supplied to the content transmission apparatus 101.
- the access control common information and the access control individual information may be distributed not only from the content transmission apparatus 101 via broadcast waves but also from the license management apparatus 103 via communication.
- the access control common information and the access control individual information may be stored in the removable medium 105 and delivered directly to the user or sold through a store.
- the deficiency complementing data sending device 102 has a function of sending data for repairing a deficiency when there is a deficiency in the content distributed by the broadcast wave when the receiving device 106 receives the content.
- the missing complement data sending device 102 sends the missing complement data via communication in accordance with the missing complement data request from the receiving device 106. After the reception of the missing complement data is completed, the receiving device 106 transmits a reception report to the missing complement data sending device.
- the content transmission device 101, the defect complement data transmission device 102, the license management device 103, the payment system / customer management system 104, the storage device 107, and the metadata transmission device 108 are all described as separate devices. There may be a device having a plurality of functions, and the present invention is not limited to the configuration of FIG.
- Real-time broadcasting is a streaming-type distribution, and is a service for reproducing the content at the same time as receiving a broadcast wave.
- pushcast broadcasting is download-type distribution and is a service that is played back at an arbitrary timing after receiving a broadcast wave.
- the content transmission apparatus 101 transmits all content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information via broadcast waves.
- the content transmission apparatus 101 acquires the access control common information and the access control individual information from the license management apparatus 103 in advance in order to transmit the access control common information and the access control individual information.
- the receiving apparatus 106 separates / extracts content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information from the broadcast wave, and decodes the content using the acquired access control common information and access control individual information.
- the access control individual information may be distributed from the license management apparatus 103 via the network or the removable media 105 from the viewpoint of effective use of the broadcast band.
- the receiving apparatus 106 needs to obtain the access control individual information in advance before receiving the content.
- the content sending apparatus 101 sends all content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information via broadcast waves.
- the content transmission apparatus 101 acquires the access control common information and the access control individual information from the license management apparatus 103 in advance in order to transmit the access control common information and the access control individual information.
- the receiving apparatus 106 separates / extracts content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information from the broadcast wave, and decodes the content using the acquired access control common information and access control individual information.
- the metadata may be distributed from the metadata transmission device 108 via a network.
- the access control common information and the access control individual information may be distributed from the license management apparatus 103 via a network or via the removable medium 105.
- the receiving device 106 needs to obtain the access control individual information via the network or the removable medium 105 by the time of content reproduction.
- the content transmission apparatus 101 may repeatedly transmit specific content multiple times in a certain time zone.
- the content stored in the receiving device 106 may be repaired by sending data for defect complementation. If the receiving device 106 determines that the accumulated content is missing, the receiving device 106 transmits a missing complement data request to the missing complement data sending device 102 via the network. In response to the missing complement data request, the missing complement data sending device 102 sends the missing complement data to the receiving device 106 via the network. The receiving device 106 receives the missing complement data and attempts to repair the accumulated content, and transmits a reception report to the missing complement data sending device 102 via the network.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a detailed configuration inside the content transmission apparatus 101.
- a plurality of MPEG-2 transport streams (hereinafter referred to as TS) are each subjected to transmission path coding processing, and then subjected to a plurality of IFFTs (Inverse / Fast / Fourier / Transform). It is converted into an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) transmission signal consisting of subcarriers in a batch and transmitted as a broadcast wave.
- TS MPEG-2 transport streams
- IFFTs Inverse / Fast / Fourier / Transform
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a detailed configuration inside the multimedia signal generation 201.
- 301 is a content / metadata registration function
- 302 is a metadata generation function
- 303 is a metadata storage function
- 304 is a content storage / playback function
- 305 is a content encryption function
- 306 is a recording medium.
- the content and metadata supplied from the outside of the content transmission apparatus 101 are registered by the content / metadata registration function 301.
- the registered content and metadata are stored in the recording medium 306 by the content storage / playback function 304 and the metadata storage function 303, respectively.
- Metadata relating to content transmission and license is generated by the metadata generation function 302 and stored in the recording medium 306 by the metadata storage function 303.
- the stored content and metadata are encrypted by the content encryption function 305 and output as a stream.
- FIG. 4 shows an example of the segment structure of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. First, FIG. 4 will be described.
- This digital broadcast transmission signal is based on the segment-coupled transmission method among terrestrial multimedia broadcasts performed by broadcast stations using radio waves (VHF-High band) with a frequency of 207.5 MHz to 222 MHz. This is based on the transmission system of terrestrial digital television broadcasting and the transmission system of terrestrial digital audio broadcasting.
- VHF-High band radio waves
- the OFDM segment of the digital broadcast transmission signal is (1) OFDM segment in 13 segment format (type A super segment) compliant with digital terrestrial television broadcasting transmission system (2) 14 segment or less connected one-segment OFDM segments conforming to the transmission system of digital terrestrial audio broadcasting (Type B super segment) Are connected (hereinafter referred to as a connected OFDM segment).
- one segment has a bandwidth obtained by dividing the channel bandwidth 6 MHz of terrestrial television broadcasting into 14 equal parts.
- a concatenated OFDM segment always includes one or more type A super segments.
- the transmission spectrum of each super segment is arranged in any one physical channel.
- the frequency position of the physical channel may be defined by overlapping some bands. In this case, the frequency bandwidth of the overlapping portion is an integral multiple of 6/14 MHz.
- sub-channels are defined as shown in FIG. 5 for the frequencies in the physical channel.
- the sub-channel is a virtual channel with a bandwidth of 1/7 MHz, and the physical channel bandwidth of 6 MHz is numbered from 0 to 41 for each tuning step 1/7 MHz.
- FIG. 5 shows an example of the relationship between subchannel numbers and segments.
- FIG. 5 shows an example of one segment of the center subchannel number 22.
- the subchannels 21, 22, and 23 constitute one segment.
- subchannel numbers 0, 1, and 41 are arranged across physical channels.
- the maximum number of connected OFDM segments is 33.
- the physical channel shown in FIG. 4 and super segment arrangement are conceivable.
- the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency for Super Segment 1 and center subchannel number 28 is 208 MHz.
- the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 1 and center subchannel number 31 is (208 + 3/7) MHz.
- the center frequency that is the tuning frequency of super segment 1 and center subchannel number 34 is (208 + 6/7) MHz.
- the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 1 and center subchannel number 37, is (209 + 2/7) MHz.
- the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of Super Segment 1 and center subchannel number 40 is (209 + 5/7) MHz.
- the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 1, is (210 + 1/7) MHz
- the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 3 and center subchannel number 22 is (213 + 1/7) MHz
- the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 4 and center subchannel number 1, is (216 + 1/7) MHz
- the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 1 and center subchannel number 22, is (210 + 4/7) MHz.
- the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 1, is (213 + 4/7) MHz.
- the center frequency, which is the tuning frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 4 is 214 MHz.
- the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 2 and center subchannel number 7, is (214 + 3/7) MHz.
- the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency for super segment 2 and center subchannel number 10 is (214 + 6/7) MHz.
- the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 13, is (215 + 2/7) MHz.
- the center frequency which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 16, is (215 + 5/7) MHz.
- the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 19 is (216 + 1/7) MHz,
- the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 3 and center subchannel number 22 is (219 + 1/7) MHz, It becomes.
- the current VHF physical channels 10, 11, and 12 are used, so there is an effect that the channel selection section of the current television receiver is well matched.
- the 13-segment format is arranged at both ends of the allocated band, even if interference from outside the allocated band is received, the effect of frequency interleaving is exerted, so that it is difficult to receive interference.
- 201 is a multimedia signal generation unit
- 202 is a 13 segment format encoding unit
- 203 is a 3 segment format encoding unit
- 204 is a concatenated frame configuration unit
- 205 is a reconnection frame configuration unit
- 206 is an inverse fast Fourier transform (hereinafter, IFFT) / guard interval adding unit
- 207 is an up-converter unit
- 208 is a transmission amplifier unit
- 209 is an antenna.
- 211 is an RS (Reed Solomon) encoding unit
- 215 is a layer division unit
- 212 is a modulation / coding unit
- 216 is a layer synthesis unit
- 213 is an interleaving unit
- 214 is a frame configuration unit.
- a segment format encoding unit 202 is configured.
- the modulation / coding unit 212 includes three systems, a, b, and c.
- 221 is an RS (Reed-Solomon) encoding unit
- 222 is a modulation / coding unit
- 223 is an interleaving unit
- 224 is a frame configuration unit, which constitute a one-segment format encoding unit 203.
- the 13-segment format encoding unit 202 includes two systems a and b
- the 1-segment format encoding unit 203 includes seven systems a, b, c, d, e, f, and g. 33 segments (13 ⁇ 2 + 7) are connected OFDM segments.
- FIG. 6 shows a detailed configuration of the modulation / coding units 212 and 222.
- 601 is an input from the previous stage
- 602 is an energy spreading unit
- 603 is a delay correction unit
- 604 is a byte interleaving unit
- 605 is a convolutional coding unit
- 606 is a carrier modulation unit
- 607 is a bit interleaving unit
- 608 is a mapping unit
- 609 Is an output
- the carrier modulation unit 606 is composed of a bit interleaving unit 607 and a mapping unit 608.
- FIG. 7 shows a detailed configuration of the frame configuration units 214 and 224.
- 701 is an input from the previous stage
- 702 is a pilot signal configuration unit
- 703 is a TMCC (Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration and Control) signal configuration unit
- 704 is an AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal configuration unit
- 705 is an OFDM frame configuration unit
- 706 is an output is there.
- the video signal, the audio signal, and the data are each encoded, and TS to be output to the 13 segment format encoding unit 202 and the 1 segment format encoding unit 203 is generated.
- Each TS is converted into a burst signal format of 188 bytes by a clock four times the IFFT sample clock, and a Reed-Solomon outer code is added by the RS encoder 211.
- the hierarchical division unit 215 performs hierarchical division in accordance with the designation of the hierarchical information, and inputs the signals to a maximum of three systems of modulation / coding units 212a, b, and c (input 601 in FIG. 6). ).
- the modulation / coding units 212a, 212b, and 212c will be described with reference to FIG. 6.
- Signals input from the input 601 are respectively energy spread by the energy spread unit 602, byte interleave by the byte interleave unit 604, and convolutional code. Then, convolutional coding by the conversion unit 605, bit interleaving by the bit interleaving unit 607, and mapping by the mapping unit 608 are performed, carrier modulation is performed as the carrier modulation unit 606, and output from the output 609.
- the delay correction unit 603 performs delay correction on the delay time difference between hierarchies caused by the time axis operation of byte interleaving and bit interleaving in advance to adjust the timing.
- the coding rate of the convolutional code, the interleave length, and the carrier modulation scheme are set independently in each layer.
- the signal layered by the layer combining unit 216 is effective for error correction coding against electric field fluctuations and multipath interference in mobile reception.
- the interleaving unit 213 performs time interleaving and frequency interleaving.
- the time interleaving method is convolutional interleaving in order to shorten the combined delay time and reduce the memory capacity of the receiver.
- frequency interleaving is configured by combining inter-segment and inter-segment interleaving so that a sufficient interleaving effect can be exhibited while ensuring a segment structure.
- the output of the interleave unit 213 is input to the frame configuration unit 214 (input 701 in FIG. 7).
- the operation of the frame configuration unit 214 will be described with reference to FIG.
- a TMCC (Transmission-and-Multiplexing-Configuration-Control) signal is transmitted using a specific carrier as control information for smoothly performing the operation.
- an AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal which is an extension signal for transmitting additional information related to transmission control of modulated waves assigned to a specific carrier and earthquake motion warning information, is used.
- OFDM frame configuration section 705 OFDM is obtained by information data from interleave section 213, pilot signal for synchronous reproduction from pilot signal configuration section 702, TMCC signal from TMCC configuration section 703, and AC signal from AC signal configuration section 704.
- a frame is constructed and output from output 706. This frame configuration is shown in FIG.
- Si, j represents the carrier symbol in the data segment after interleaving.
- SP Spcattered Pilot
- SP is a reference pilot symbol for the receiver to perform quasi-synchronous detection. As shown in FIG. 8, it is inserted once in 12 carriers in the carrier direction and once in 4 symbols in the symbol direction. If SP is interpolated in the symbol direction on the receiving side, SP of 3 (12/4) carrier interval can be obtained. Since the maximum value of the guard interval length is 1/4 of the effective symbol length, multipath up to the maximum delay time that does not cause intersymbol interference is achieved by interpolation processing (transmission path characteristics estimation) by SP of 3 carrier intervals. Is possible. When the guard interval ratio is 1/4, an SP of 4 carrier intervals may be used in principle, but it is inserted once in 4 symbols in the symbol direction in consideration of the characteristics of the interpolation filter.
- the example in FIG. 8 is mode 1, but the carrier number in mode 1 is 0 to 107, whereas in mode 2 and mode 3, it is 0 to 215 and 0 to 431, respectively.
- the AC signal is arranged as shown in FIG. 8 and has a data amount of 204 bits per carrier.
- two AC signals are arranged for each segment in mode 1, four in mode 2, and eight in mode 3.
- TMCC signals are arranged as shown in FIG. 8 and have a data amount of 204 bits per carrier. Further, one TMCC signal is arranged for each segment in mode 1, two in mode 2, and four in mode 3.
- All signals that have completed the frame configuration are output from the output 706 and input to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- the reconnection frame configuration unit 205 there are two 13-segment format encoding units 202a and 202b, which are input to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205, respectively.
- Each TS is converted into a burst signal format of 188 bytes by a clock four times the IFFT sample clock, and a Reed-Solomon outer code is added by the RS encoder 221. Thereafter, the signal is input to the modulation / coding unit 222 (input 601 in FIG. 6).
- the operation of the modulation / coding unit 222 is as described with reference to FIG. 6 in the case of the 13-segment format coding unit 202.
- the code rate, interleave length, and carrier modulation scheme of the set convolutional code are used.
- Interleaving section 223 performs time interleaving and frequency interleaving.
- the time interleaving method is convolutional interleaving in order to shorten the combined delay time and reduce the memory capacity of the receiver.
- frequency interleaving is configured by combining inter-segment and inter-segment interleaving so that a sufficient interleaving effect can be exhibited while ensuring a segment structure.
- the output of the interleave unit 223 is input to the frame configuration unit 224 (input 701 in FIG. 7).
- the operation of the frame configuration unit 224 is as described with reference to FIG. 7 in the case of the 13 segment format encoding unit 202.
- All signals that have completed the frame configuration are input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204.
- the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 there are seven 1-segment format encoding sections 203a, b, c, d, e, f, and g, which are input to the concatenated frame configuration section 204, respectively.
- Each segment of type B (5 segments) is assigned to each block of 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6] and connected.
- the frames are connected by the frame configuration unit 204 and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- Super segment 2 A segment of type B (one segment) is assigned to a block 203f [TS7], is input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- Super segment 3 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202a [TS1] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- Super segment 4 A segment of type B (one segment) is assigned to a block of 203g [TS8], is input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- Super segment 5 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202b [TS9] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- Super segment 1 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are assigned to the block 202a [TS1] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- Each segment of type B (7 segments per segment) is 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6], f [TS7], g [TS8 ] are concatenated by the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- Super segment 3 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202b [TS9] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- [] Is the TS number input to each of the 13-segment format encoding unit 202 and the 1-segment format encoding unit 203.
- the subchannel and the TS number can be associated with each other.
- the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 configures super segment 1 by concatenating five outputs of OFDM segments 203a, b, c, d, and e in one segment format. It is composed of one segment-format OFDM segment 203f output, super segment 4 is composed of one segment-format OFDM segment 203g output, each of which is a type B super segment, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration section 205.
- the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 configures the super segment 2 by concatenating seven outputs of OFDM segments 203a, b, c, d, e, f, and g in one segment format.
- the super segment of B is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
- the outputs of the 13 segment format encoding units 202a and 202b are type A super segments, which are output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205, respectively.
- the reconnection frame configuration unit 205 receives the above type A super segment and type B super segment and concatenates these super segments to form a concatenated OFDM segment. When the super segments are connected, phase compensation for the center frequency difference and phase correction for pilot modulation phase mismatch are performed.
- the IFFT / guard interval adding unit 206 converts the concatenated OFDM segment, which is an output signal of the reconcatenated frame configuration unit 205, into an OFDM signal by IFFT calculation, adds a guard interval, and converts it into an OFDM transmission signal. Then, it is converted into a digital broadcast transmission signal having a frequency determined by up-converter unit 207, power amplified by transmission amplifier unit 208, and transmitted by antenna 209.
- This digital broadcast transmission signal is generated by collectively processing IFDM / guard intervals on connected OFDM segments.
- the 13-segment format part is divided into a maximum of 3 layers (including 1 segment can be partially received), and the convolutional code coding rate, interleave length, carrier modulation method, etc. can be set independently for each layer. .
- the convolutional code coding rate, interleave length, carrier modulation scheme, etc. can be set for each segment.
- the digital broadcast transmitting apparatus corresponding to the super segment configuration in the example of FIG. 2 performs nine transmission path encoding processes in parallel.
- the concatenated transmission of this digital broadcast transmission method refers to transmitting a plurality of segments (13 segment format and 1 segment format) from the same transmission point without a guard band.
- the restrictions of parameters at the time of concatenated transmission are shown below.
- the number of Type A super segments shall be one or more.
- the structure of the OFDM segment carrier structure so that multiple segments can be connected, and the bandwidth and transmission characteristics suitable for the service. And terrestrial digital television system and terrestrial digital audio system can be interoperable, and hardware and software resources can be shared.
- FIG. 9 shows the TMCC signal configuration (TMCC carrier bit allocation).
- the TMCC signal is used to transmit information related to the demodulation operation of the receiver, such as a hierarchical configuration and transmission parameters of each OFDM segment.
- TMCC signal bit assignment was the same as that for terrestrial digital television broadcasting and terrestrial digital audio broadcasting. This is to facilitate the TMCC signal decoding process and reduce the burden on the receiver.
- the differential demodulation standard is 1 bit and specifies the amplitude and phase standards.
- the synchronization signal consists of a 16-bit word.
- the synchronization signal is used to establish synchronization of the TMCC signal and OFDM frame synchronization.
- the polarity of the synchronization signal is inverted for each frame. Since the TMCC information is not inverted every frame, pseudo synchronization pull-in can be avoided by inversion every frame.
- the segment format identification is a signal for identifying whether the segment is a differential modulation unit or a synchronous modulation unit. It is composed of 3 -bit words, and is assigned “111” in the case of the differential modulation unit and “000” in the case of the synchronous modulation unit.
- the number of TMCC carriers varies depending on the segment format. When the partial reception segment belongs to the synchronous modulation unit, there is only one TMCC carrier. Even in this case, 3 bits are assigned to the identification signal so that reliable decoding is possible, and the inverted signal has the maximum intersymbol distance.
- Figure 10 shows the bit assignment of TMCC information.
- TMCC information is information that assists the demodulation and decoding operations of the receiver, such as system identification, transmission parameter switching index, emergency warning broadcast activation flag, current information, and next information.
- TMCC information 90 bits are currently defined, but the remaining 12 bits are reserved for future expansion. All the reserved bits are stuffed with “1”.
- B and C hierarchies of the 1-segment format are reserved for bit allocation in order to maintain compatibility with the 13-segment format. However, as will be described later, information indicating an unused hierarchy is assigned.
- the 13-segment format compatible with the digital terrestrial television broadcasting system is '00'
- the 1-segment format compatible with the digital terrestrial audio broadcasting system is '01'. The remaining values are reserved.
- the current information indicates the current layer configuration and transmission parameters, and the next information indicates the transmission parameters after switching, and these are sent simultaneously. This is intended to improve the response of the receiver by using current information, assuming that the receiver is powered on or the channel is switched during the countdown.
- the transmission parameter switching index is counted down.
- the transmission parameter switching index is not counted down.
- the receiver is notified of the switching and the timing is taken. This index usually takes a value of ‘1111’, but when the transmission parameter is switched, 1 is subtracted for each frame from 15 frames before the switching. It should be noted that after “0000”, it returns to “1111”.
- the switching timing is the next frame synchronization for sending “0000”. That is, the new transmission parameter is applied from the frame returned to ‘1111’.
- the next information can be set or changed at an arbitrary time before the switching countdown, but cannot be changed during the countdown.
- Fig. 12 shows the allocation of emergency warning broadcast activation flags.
- the activation flag is set to '1' when activation control for the receiver is performed, and the activation flag is set to '0' when activation control is not performed.
- the partial reception flag is set to ‘1’ when the segment (segment No. 0) at the center of the transmission band is set for partial reception in the 13-segment format, and is set to ‘0’ otherwise.
- segment No. 0 is set for partial reception
- the layer is defined as layer A in FIG.
- the flag is set to “0”. This is consistent with the fact that the digital terrestrial audio system uses this flag as a format identification flag, which is ‘0’ for the 1-segment format and ‘1’ for the 3-segment format. If there is no next information, the flag is set to ‘1’.
- FIG. 14 shows transmission parameter information included in the current / next information. If there is no unused layer or next information in the transmission parameter information, those bits are set to ‘1’.
- FIG. 15 shows an explanation of the connected transmission phase correction amount.
- concatenated transmission when a received segment uses the lower end carrier of the upper adjacent segment as a reference signal, it is used to correct the phase of the carrier for each symbol. If there is no phase correction, including the case of no concatenated transmission, “111” is set.
- TMCC information B20 to B121 is error-correction-encoded with a shortened code (184,102) of the difference set cyclic code (273,191).
- TMCC information requires transmission reliability higher than that of a data signal in order to specify transmission parameters and control a receiver.
- the error correction code of TMCC is a shortened code of the difference set cyclic code (273,191) ( 184,102). Further, since the TMCC signal is transmitted by a plurality of carriers, it is possible to reduce the required C / N and improve the reception performance by analog addition of the signals.
- the TMCC signal can be received with a smaller C / N than the data signal.
- the synchronization signal and the segment format identification information are excluded from the error correction target, all the bits of the plurality of TMCC carriers are made the same, and each bit including the parity bits is included. Enables majority vote.
- FIG. 16 shows an embodiment of a service of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of FIG.
- 1601 is a pushcast broadcast
- 1602 is a mixed broadcast of pushcast broadcast and real-time broadcast
- 1603 is real-time broadcast
- 1604 is pilot broadcast.
- Pushcast broadcast 1601 is a service in which non-time-dependent file-type content is automatically downloaded. For example, electronic newspapers, music, sports clips, news clips, shopping, lifestyle information, gourmet magazines, cooking information, languages, dramas, movies, etc. can be considered. In addition, a menu linked to an information address (in FIG. 16, described as WEB) that can search for various types of information can be considered.
- the feature of pushcast broadcasting is that content can be distributed in advance and viewed at a time convenient for the user.
- Real-time broadcast 1603 is a stream-type broadcast, and a program in which “watching now” is important is provided. For example, news, weather forecast, sports, etc. You may broadcast shopping, education, and premium programs in real time.
- Mixed broadcast 1602 is a broadcast in which real-time broadcast and pushcast broadcast are mixed according to time.
- Pilot broadcast 1604 navigates the entire service of pushcast broadcast 1601, mixed broadcast 1602, and real-time broadcast 1603. It also indicates which service is transmitted on which subchannel or which TS of which super segment. Therefore, it is necessary to determine in advance which frequency arrangement the pilot broadcast 1604 is sent.
- FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 17 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4.
- 1701 is a pilot segment
- 1702 is a pilot segment.
- the pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment.
- the segment is [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz.
- the center frequency is (214 + 6/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
- Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcast 1603 to each segment format, for example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sport, TS6 is Education.
- Super segment 2 One program of real-time broadcast 1603 is assigned to type B (one segment) to one segment format, and TS7 is made premium.
- Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and TS1.
- Pilot broadcast 1604 is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment, and TS8 is set.
- Super segment 5 Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
- Super segment 1 Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS1 is set.
- Super segment 2 Type B (seven segments) type 6 (real-time broadcast 1603) programs and pilot broadcasts 1604 as pilot segments are all assigned to one segment format.
- TS2 is news
- TS3 is weather
- TS4 is shopping
- TS5 is pilot broadcast 1604
- TS6 is sport
- TS7 is education
- TS8 is premium.
- Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and is TS9.
- This assignment is performed by the multimedia signal generation unit 201 in FIG.
- one type B super segment of one segment type is used as a pilot segment
- one segment among seven type B super segments connected in one segment type is used as a pilot. It is a segment. Therefore, the example of FIG. 17A is suitable when processing is performed in units of super segments, and the example of FIG. 17B has characteristics that are suitable when processing is performed in units of TS.
- FIG. 18 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
- the program information includes the program identification representing the program, the broadcast type indicating whether the program is real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, or pilot broadcast, the date and time when it is broadcast, and the provider that broadcasts the program. There is an operator identification that represents.
- information indicating which segment is being transmitted is necessary. As shown in [Formula 1], the center frequency of the segment being sent is determined if the start frequency and center subchannel number of the physical channel in which the super segment is arranged are known.
- the receiving side needs information on the super segment type whether the segment is a 13-segment format or a 1-segment format.
- the program information is [date / time, program identification, broadcast type, operator identification, super segment number, super segment type, physical channel, central subchannel]. If the physical channel is predetermined as shown in FIGS. 17 (a) and 17 (b), only the physical channel number need be indicated. Of course, only the frequency of the physical channel itself or the start frequency or the end frequency of the physical channel may be indicated. This is because the bandwidth of the physical channel is determined to be 6 MHz.
- the super segment configuration in one segment format can be confirmed by indicating the number of connections in one segment format, and the super segment configuration can be determined by the super segment number.
- pilot broadcasts such as program advertisements can be performed in addition to the pilot segment.
- FIG. 18 (b) is such that the TS number is sent as program information instead of the super segment number, super segment type, physical channel, and subchannel of FIG. 18 (a).
- the TS number can be represented by a super segment number, a super segment type, and a subchannel, and the center frequency can be determined by the start frequency of the physical channel and the center subchannel number.
- this TS information is transmitted as pilot information.
- FIG. 18 (c) shows the channel selection frequency on the receiving side directly in the program information. If the channel selection frequency and the super segment type are known, it can be determined whether or not reception is possible with a receiver described later.
- the receiver can tune directly to the program simply by looking at the program information, and the channel selection operation is easy.
- the pilot information shown in FIG. 18 is sent, even if the super segment configuration changes from a certain date and time, the program information setting from a certain date and time can be changed to follow the contents of the change in the super segment configuration. For example, there is an effect that the receiver side can receive without being aware of the change of the super segment configuration. However, the position (frequency arrangement) of the pilot segment should not be changed.
- FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a digital broadcast receiving apparatus according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
- the digital broadcast receiving apparatus in FIG. 19 receives a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted from the digital broadcast transmitting apparatus in FIG.
- 1926 is a digital broadcast receiver.
- Reference numeral 1901 denotes an antenna
- 1902 denotes a channel selection unit
- 1903 denotes an orthogonal demodulation unit
- 1904 denotes a fast Fourier transform (hereinafter referred to as FFT) unit
- 1905 denotes demodulation / decoding operation for demodulating / decoding digital broadcast transmission signals from the FFT unit 1904 to the TS output.
- 1906 is a synchronous reproduction unit
- 1907 is a frame extraction unit
- 1908 is a TMCC decoding unit, which reproduces a synchronous signal for operating the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 and obtains information such as transmission parameters.
- a front end (hereinafter referred to as F / E) unit 1924 is configured from the channel selection 1902 to the TMCC decoding unit 1908.
- 1928 is a descrambling part 1
- 1929 is a descrambling part 2
- 1909 is a demux part
- 1910 is a decoding part of the compressed broadcast audio signal
- 1911 is an audio output part for outputting the decoded broadcast audio signal
- 1912 is a compression part 1913 is a presentation processing unit constituting a display screen
- 1914 is a video output unit for displaying the decoded broadcast video signal
- 1915 is PSI (Program Specific Information) / SI (Service Information). It is a system decoding unit that handles system information such as.
- the descrambling part 1928, the descrambling part 2 1929, and the demax part 1909 to the system decoding part 1915 constitute a back-end trap (hereinafter B / E) part 1925.
- 1916 is a rewritable nonvolatile memory (hereinafter referred to as NVRAM), 1917 is a ROM such as a font (Read Only Memory), 1918 is a main memory RAM (Random Access Memory), and 1919 is a communication line interface (hereinafter I / F).
- 1920 is an input / output unit (hereinafter referred to as I / O)
- 1921 is a system bus
- 1922 is a central processing unit (hereinafter referred to as CPU)
- 1923 is a button for operating a remote control
- 1930 is a CAS ( Conditional Access System)
- 1931 is a recording medium
- 1927 is a removable medium.
- a digital broadcast transmission signal input to the digital broadcast receiver 1926 by the antenna 1901 is converted into a TS (transport stream) by the F / E unit 1924.
- the demodulated TS is selectively decrypted by the descrambling unit 1928 using the license information stored in the CAS 1930.
- the license information may be supplied by the communication I / F 1919 via a network or may be supplied by the removable medium 1927.
- the decoded TS is separated into video, audio, and other data by the demax unit 1909, and the video stream is output to the video decoding unit 1912 and the audio stream is output to the audio decoding unit 1910.
- the decoded video signal forms a display screen by the presentation processing unit 1913 and is output by the video output 1914.
- the decoded audio signal is output as an audio output 1911.
- a digital broadcast transmission signal input to the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 by the antenna 1901 is converted into a TS (transport stream) by the F / E unit.
- the demodulated TS is input to the descramble 1 unit 1928, but is not decoded here. Subsequently, only the data related to the content to be stored is separated and stored in the recording medium 1931 by the input demax unit 1909.
- the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the broadcast wave, they are separated by the demux unit 1909 and stored in the recording medium 1931.
- the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the network, they are acquired via the communication I / F 1919 before or during reproduction and stored in the recording medium 1931.
- the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the network, they are acquired via the I / O 1920 before or during reproduction and stored in the recording medium 1931.
- data related to the content to be reproduced is read from the recording medium 1931 and input to the descrambling 2 unit 1929 and encrypted using the access control common information and the access control individual information stored in the recording medium 1931.
- Decode data selectively.
- the decoded TS is separated into video, audio, and other data by the demax unit 1909, and the video stream is output to the video decoding unit 1912 and the audio stream is output to the audio decoding unit 1910.
- the decoded video signal forms a display screen by the presentation processing unit 1913 and is output by the video output 1914.
- the decoded audio signal is output as an audio output 1911.
- the CPU 1922 controls each block of the F / E unit 1924 and the B / E unit 1925 via the system bus 1921 so that the digital broadcast receiver 1926 reproduces normal video and audio. Do.
- the data is once transferred to the RAM 1918, NVRAM 1916 or the like and processed by the CPU 1922.
- the data on the RAM 1918 is transferred to the video and audio decoder simultaneously with the presentation of the characters and graphics, and processing such as video and audio playback processing is performed.
- the communication I / F 1919 is used to exchange information with the outside of the digital broadcast receiver 1926.
- the operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus can be performed with the button 1923 via the I / O 1920.
- Fig. 20 shows the types of digital broadcast receivers.
- the digital broadcast transmission signal from the digital broadcast transmission apparatus in FIG. 2 includes a 13-segment super segment and a 1-segment super segment. Receivers that can receive each of these can be defined, but 13/1 segment format reception that can receive both 13 segment format and 1 segment format, and only the partial reception layer of 13 segment format in addition to 1 segment format Can be defined partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
- the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in FIG. 19 performs either 13/1 segment format reception or partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
- FIG. 21 shows the configuration of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 in the case of 13/1 segment format reception
- FIG. 22 shows the configuration of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 in the case of partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
- 2101 and 2201 are input signals from the FFT unit 1904
- 2102 and 2202 are carrier demodulation units
- 2103 and 2203 are deinterleave units
- 2104 and 2204 are demapping units
- 2105 and 2205 are bit deinterleave units
- 2106 and 2206 Is a depuncture unit
- 2107 and 2207 are Viterbi decoding units
- 2108 and 2208 are byte deinterleaving units
- 2109 and 2209 are energy despreading units
- 2110 and 2210 are TS reproduction units
- 211 and 211 are RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding units.
- Reference numerals 2112 and 2212 denote outputs of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905.
- the bit deinterleaving unit 2105, the depuncturing unit 2106, the byte deinterleaving unit 2108, and the energy despreading unit 2109 are respectively provided for three layers a, b, and c, and 2121 and 2123 are divided into three layers. It is a layer composition unit that composes layers.
- the channel frequency band to be received by the channel selection unit 1902 is extracted from the digital broadcast transmission signal received by the antenna 1901, the signal channel-selected by the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903 is orthogonally demodulated into a baseband signal, and the frequency is output by the FFT unit 1904. It is converted to axis processing, and FFT is performed for a period corresponding to an effective symbol among OFDM symbols. At that time, the multipath situation of the received signal is taken into consideration, and the FFT processing is performed in an appropriate period.
- the carrier demodulation unit 2102 performs demodulation processing on each carrier on the frequency axis (for example, synchronization using a scattered pilot (SP) for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM).
- SP scattered pilot
- Demodulation is performed to detect amplitude and phase information
- frequency axis and time axis deinterleaving is performed by the deinterleaving unit 2103
- demapping is performed by the demapping unit 2104.
- Bit deinterleaving is performed by the interleaving units 2105a, b, and c
- depuncturing is performed by the depuncturing units 2106a, b, and c
- synthesis is performed by the layer synthesizing unit 2122
- Viterbi decoding is performed by the Viterbi decoding unit 2107
- each layer is divided by the layer dividing unit 2121.
- Byte deinterleaving and energy in the interleaving unit 2108 -Despreading unit 2109 performs energy despreading
- TS playback unit 2110 performs TS playback
- RS decoding unit 2111 performs error correction
- a digital broadcast signal is demodulated.
- transport defined in MPEG2 Systems A stream (TS) signal is output to the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909.
- the system in the case of receiving a signal in 1 segment format and in the case of receiving in 13 segment format, the system is identified by the system identification shown in FIG. 11 of the TMCC signal decoded by the TMCC decoding unit 1908, and digital terrestrial audio
- a 1-segment format is received
- a 13-segment format is received (mainly handling the partial reception flag shown in FIG. 13).
- the layer division 2121 and 2123 do not perform layer division, but perform processing using, for example, a system block. Since no hierarchical division is performed, hierarchical synthesis in the hierarchical synthesis 2122 is not necessary.
- processing may be performed using only the system a as in the case of the one segment format, or may be divided into three layers and one of them may be processed as a partial reception layer. .
- the channel frequency band of the channel selection 1902 may be extracted as one segment.
- the channel frequency band to be received by the channel selection unit 1902 from the digital broadcast transmission signal received by the antenna 1901 in this case, the frequency band for one segment is extracted, and the channel-selected signal is orthogonally demodulated by the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903.
- a band signal is converted into frequency axis processing by an FFT unit 1904, and FFT is performed for a period corresponding to an effective symbol among OFDM symbols. At that time, the multipath situation of the received signal is taken into consideration, and the FFT processing is performed in an appropriate period.
- the carrier demodulation unit 2202 performs demodulation processing on each carrier on the frequency axis (for example, synchronization using scattered pilot (SP) for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM).
- SP scattered pilot
- deinterleave unit 2203 for frequency axis and time axis, demap unit demapping unit 2204, bit deinterleave unit 2205, and depuncture unit 2206
- Viterbi decoding unit 2207 performs Viterbi decoding
- Byte deinterleaving unit 2208 performs byte deinterleaving
- Energy despreading unit 2209 performs energy despreading
- TS reproduction unit 2210 performs TS reproduction
- RS decoding unit 2211 performs error correction.
- Digital broadcasting The signal is demodulated, and, for example, a transport stream (TS) signal defined by MPEG2 Systems is output to the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909.
- TS transport stream
- the system in the case of receiving a signal of 1 segment format and in the case of partial reception of 13 segment format, the system is identified by the system identification shown in FIG. 11 of the TMCC signal decoded by the TMCC decoding unit 1908, and the terrestrial digital
- partial reception processing is performed in the 1 segment format, and in the case of a digital terrestrial television broadcasting system, partial reception processing is performed (mainly handling of the partial reception flag shown in FIG. 13).
- the synchronization reproduction unit 1906 receives the baseband signal from the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903 and reproduces the OFDM symbol synchronization signal and the FFT sample frequency according to the mode and the guard interval length. When the mode and the guard interval length are unknown, the mode and guard interval length can also be determined based on the correlation of the guard period of the OFDM signal. Further, the frequency position of the TMCC signal is detected from the output signal of the FFT unit 1904. The frame extraction unit 1907 demodulates the TMCC signal at the detected frequency position and extracts a frame synchronization signal from the TMCC signal. The frame synchronization signal is output to the synchronization reproduction unit 1906, and phase adjustment with the symbol synchronization signal is performed.
- the TMCC decoding unit 1908 performs error correction of the differential cyclic code on the demodulated TMCC signal, and extracts TMCC information such as a hierarchical structure and transmission parameters.
- the TMCC information is output to the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 and used as various control information for the demodulation / decoding process. Since there is a phase difference between segments in the concatenated transmission signal, the carrier phase at the lower end of the upper adjacent segment must be corrected for reception of the synchronous modulation segment that uses the carrier at the lower end of the upper adjacent segment for demodulation.
- the TMCC decoding unit 1908 is always operating when trying to receive an emergency alert broadcast, and monitors the emergency alert broadcast activation flag shown in FIG.
- the channel selection unit 1902, the quadrature demodulation unit 1903, the FFT unit 1904, the synchronous reproduction unit 1906, and the frame extraction unit 1907 are always operating.
- the operations of the channel selection unit 1902, the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903, the FFT unit 1904, the synchronous reproduction unit 1906, and the frame extraction unit 1907 are segment No. 0 in the case of 13 segment format, that is, only the partial reception part when receiving an emergency warning broadcast It is only necessary to perform the process. As a result, it is possible to achieve a low power consumption operation compared to processing the entire 13-segment band of this digital broadcast. In the case of 1 segment format, only 1 segment bandwidth is required.
- descrambling 1 section 1928 and demax section 1909 descrambling of the scrambled TS signal for copyright protection is canceled, and the desired compressed broadcast video signal and compressed broadcast audio signal digital signal Are extracted and output to the decoding units 1910, 1912 and 1915.
- the decoding unit 1912 decodes the compressed broadcast video signal
- the decoding unit 1910 decodes the compressed broadcast audio signal
- the decoded video signal forms a display screen in the presentation processing unit 1913
- the video output unit 1914 decodes the display screen.
- the audio signal thus output is output to the audio output unit 1911.
- step 2301 the reception operation is started.
- the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
- step 2302 the channel selection unit 1902 first selects the pilot segment 1701 or 1702 at the frequency position determined.
- step 2303 the TS is demodulated by the F / E unit 1924, the pilot information of FIG. 18 is extracted by the descrambling unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909, and is decoded by the system decoding unit 1915.
- FIG. 24 shows an example of the service tuning table. They are organized by operator identification, broadcast type, date / time, and program type, and a channel selection frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each content of a real-time broadcast program or pushcast broadcast content.
- the channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel.
- step 2305 real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, and downloaded service table are displayed.
- a real-time broadcast service table is preferentially displayed, and a user selects a pushcast broadcast or a downloaded service table using a menu or the like.
- FIG. 25 shows an example of a service table.
- FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
- FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
- FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
- FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
- FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
- FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
- FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
- FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
- FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
- FIG. 25 (a) the program broadcast at the current time is displayed.
- the program In the case of partial reception / 1-segment format reception, if the program is transmitted in a layer other than the partial reception segment in type A (13 segment format), it cannot be received. Disable selection.
- step 2306 select the program you want to watch.
- you may have a function which searches a program by a date, time, and a provider.
- the channel selection unit 1902 when the channel selection unit 1902 is a channel selection frequency and transmission is performed in a type A other than partial reception, the channel frequency band is 13 segment bandwidth, and the F / E unit 1924 is 13 segment format demodulation. To do.
- the channel frequency band In the case of transmission by partial reception in type A and in the case of type B, the channel frequency band is a band of one segment, and the F / E section 1924 performs partial reception demodulation in the case of partial reception, and one segment format demodulation in the case of type B. To do.
- step 2308 the program is output.
- Fig. 25 (b) shows the contents that can be downloaded now.
- the contents to be downloaded are selected.
- the already downloaded contents are displayed as “downloaded” so that they cannot be selected.
- step 2310 a download reservation is made. If it is time to download, the channel selection unit 1902 in step 2311 uses the content reserved by the service channel selection table of FIG. 24 as the channel selection frequency, and if it is transmitted by type A other than partial reception, the channel frequency band is 13 segments.
- the F / E unit 1924 performs 13 segment format demodulation. In the case of transmission by partial reception in type A and in the case of type B, the channel frequency band is a band of one segment, and the F / E section 1924 performs partial reception demodulation in the case of partial reception, and one segment format demodulation in the case of type B. To do.
- Fig. 25 (c) shows the content already downloaded. Playback is selected at step 2313 and output at step 2314.
- the download service table may be selected at the start of step 2301.
- FIG. 26 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a service configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
- 2601 is a pushcast broadcast
- 2602 is a mixed broadcast of pushcast broadcast and real-time broadcast
- 2603 is a real-time broadcast
- 2604 is a pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast
- 2605 is a real-time pilot broadcast.
- the pilot broadcast is provided independently for the pushcast broadcast and the real-time broadcast. As in FIG. 16, it is necessary to determine in advance which frequency arrangement the pilot broadcasts 2604 and 2605 are sent.
- FIG. 27 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 27 shows an example of the segment configuration described in FIG. 2.
- 2701 is a pilot segment for real time broadcasting
- 2702 is a pilot segment for pushcast broadcasting
- 2703 is a real time broadcasting in FIG.
- 2704 is a pilot segment for pushcast broadcasting.
- the pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment.
- the pilot segment 2701 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (210 + 1/7) MHz, and is used for pushcast broadcasting.
- Pilot segment 2702 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz.
- FIG. 27 (a) the pilot segment 2701 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (210 + 1/7) MHz, and is used for pushcast broadcasting.
- Pilot segment 2702 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz.
- the pilot segment 2703 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (213 + 4/7) MHz, and the pilot for pushcast broadcasting
- the segment 2704 is a segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 19], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
- Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcasting 2603 to each 1 segment format, for example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sports premium, Let TS6 be an education.
- Pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment for real-time broadcasting, and TS7 is set.
- Super segment 3 Mixed broadcast 2602 is assigned to type A (1 13 segment) and TS1.
- Super segment 4 Type B (one segment) is assigned a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcast as a pilot segment for pushcast broadcast [TS8.
- Pushcast broadcast 2601 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment) and TS9.
- Type A (1 13 segments) mixed broadcast 2602 is assigned as TS1.
- Super segment 2 Type B (7 segments) assigns 5 programs of real-time broadcast 2603, pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcast and pilot broadcast 2604 for push-cast broadcast to each one segment format, for example, TS2 Is a pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting, TS3 is news, TS4 is weather, TS5 is shopping, TS6 is a sports premium, TS7 is education, and TS8 is a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcasting.
- TS2 Is a pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting
- TS3 is news
- TS4 weather
- TS5 shopping
- TS6 is a sports premium
- TS7 is education
- TS8 is a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcasting.
- Pushcast broadcast 2601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and is TS9.
- This assignment is performed by the multimedia signal generation unit 201 in FIG.
- FIG. 28 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
- the program information is divided into (1) real-time broadcast information and (2) pushcast broadcast information, which are transmitted in real-time broadcast pilot broadcast and pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast, respectively.
- (3) pilot broadcast information is provided and transmitted in a pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and a pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast, each of which is a pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast or a pilot signal for pushcast broadcast Indicate.
- the program information for real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting is separated, so that only the necessary broadcast information selected at that time can be obtained on the receiving side. This has the effect of shortening the time required to construct and display the service table shown in. Also, providing pilot broadcast information has an effect that the B / E unit 1925 can confirm whether the currently selected information is for real-time broadcast or pushcast broadcast.
- FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 in the fourth embodiment according to the present invention.
- step 2901 the reception operation is started.
- the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
- step 2906 first, real-time broadcasting, pushcast broadcasting, and downloaded are selected.
- steps 2902a, 2903a, 2904a, 2905a, 2306, 2307, 2308 are performed for real-time broadcasting, and steps 2902b, 2903b, 2904b, 2905b, 2309, 2309, for push-cast broadcasting. 2310 is selected.
- step 2902a the channel selection unit 1902 selects the pilot segment 2701 or 2703 for real-time broadcasting at the frequency position determined first. It can be confirmed from the pilot broadcast information that the pilot segment is for real-time broadcasting.
- step 2903a the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract the real-time broadcast information which is the pilot information for the real-time broadcast of FIG. .
- Fig. 30 (a) shows an example of a service channel selection table for real-time broadcasting. They are organized by operator identification, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each program of real-time broadcasting.
- the channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel.
- step 2905a a real-time broadcast service table is displayed.
- Fig. 25 (a) shows an example of a service table for real-time broadcasting. The following is as described in FIG.
- the channel selection unit 1902 selects the pilot segment 2702 or 2704 for pushcast broadcasting at the frequency position first determined. It can be confirmed from the pilot broadcast information that the pilot segment is for push cast broadcasting.
- step 2903b the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract pushcast broadcast information which is pilot information for pushcast broadcast in FIG. 28, and the system decode unit 1915 Decode.
- Fig. 30 (b) shows an example of a service channel selection table for pushcast broadcasting. They are organized by operator identification, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each pushcast broadcast content.
- the channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel.
- step 2905b a pushcast service table is displayed.
- Fig. 25 (b) shows an example of a service table for pushcast broadcasting. The following is as described in FIG.
- the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration. Also, since the program information for real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting is separated, only the necessary broadcast information selected at that time can be obtained, and the service table shown in FIG. 25 is constructed by obtaining the information. This has the effect of shortening the time until display. Also, providing pilot broadcast information has an effect that the B / E unit 1925 can confirm whether the currently selected information is for real-time broadcast or pushcast broadcast.
- pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast and pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast for mixed broadcast and real-time broadcast
- pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and real-time broadcast pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and real-time broadcast
- the mixed broadcast and the pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast are arranged next to each other. Therefore, if the reception side receives the broadcast of each service and the pilot broadcast together, There is an effect that it is possible to shorten the tuning time at the time of tuning or downloading.
- FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a service configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
- 3101, 3102 and 3103 are broadcast service groups composed of pushcast broadcasts, real-time broadcasts, and pilot broadcasts having pilot information of those broadcasts.
- the difference from FIG. 16 is that the broadcast service group that basically performs mixed broadcast is not divided into pushcast broadcast, mixed broadcast, and real-time broadcast, and the pilot service is provided in the broadcast service group. It only has pilot information for broadcasting inside.
- FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention.
- FIG. 27 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4B, where 3201 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3101, 3202 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3103, and 3203 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3102.
- the pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment.
- the pilot segment 3201 of the broadcast service group 3101 is a 13-segment partial reception segment of [super segment 1, center subchannel number 22], the center frequency is (210 + 4/7) MHz
- the pilot segment 3202 of the service group 3103 is a segment of [super segment 2, center subchannel number 10], the center frequency is (214 + 6/7) MHz
- the pilot segment 3203 of the broadcast service group 3102 is [super segment 3,
- the partial reception segment of the 13-segment format of the center subchannel number 22] the center frequency is (219 + 1/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
- broadcasting segment 3101 is assigned to super segment 1: type A (one 13 segment) and is TS1.
- Broadcast service group 3103 is assigned to each type of segment B for type B (7 segments), TS2 is news (real-time broadcast), TS3 is weather (real-time broadcast), TS4 is sports (real-time broadcast), TS5 is pilot broadcasting, TS6 is education (real-time broadcasting), TS7 is shopping (pushcast broadcasting), and TS8 is premium (pushcast broadcasting).
- Super segment 3 Broadcast service group 3102 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
- each broadcasting service group is assigned to a super segment. This allocation is performed by the multimedia signal generator 201 in FIG.
- FIG. 33 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting. 18 differs from FIG. 18 in that the program information is divided into (1) super segment 1 information, (2) super segment 2 information, and (3) super segment 3 information, and broadcast information in each super segment is divided into each super segment. It is to be transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
- broadcast service groups are assigned to super segments, pilot programs for pilot broadcasting are provided for each super segment, and program information is transmitted. Therefore, on the receiving side, program information can be managed in units of super segments. Since it is good, it is possible to obtain only the information of the necessary super segment selected at that time, and it is possible to shorten the time until the information is obtained and the service table shown in FIG. 25 is constructed and displayed.
- a receiving device capable of receiving in the 13-segment format can receive a super segment 1 or super segment 3 type A super segment, and can also connect one segment in a super segment unit.
- a receiving apparatus capable of receiving a format has an effect of selecting a program only in the super segment received by using the pilot broadcast in the super segment by collectively receiving the super segment 2.
- pilot broadcasts are arranged in the partial reception layer of type A (13 segment format), even in a 1 segment format receiver, pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) of the type A super segment service group Can be received.
- FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in the sixth embodiment according to the present invention.
- step 3401 the reception operation is started.
- the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
- a super segment is first selected.
- a super segment may be assigned to a broadcasting company, and the broadcasting company may be selected in the menu.
- the channel selection unit 1902 selects a pilot segment (3201 for super segment 1, 3202 for super segment 2, 3203 for super segment 3) at the predetermined frequency position of the super segment selected in step 3402. Bureau.
- Step 3403 the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract the super segment information which is pilot information of FIG. 33, and the system decode unit 1915 decodes it.
- Fig. 35 shows an example of the service tuning table.
- Each super segment is organized by operator identification, broadcast type, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each program.
- the channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel.
- step 3405 real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, and downloaded service table are displayed.
- a real-time broadcast service table is preferentially displayed, and a user selects a pushcast broadcast or a downloaded service table using a menu or the like.
- FIG. 25 shows an example of a service table.
- FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
- FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
- a receiving device capable of receiving in the 13-segment format can receive a super segment 1 or super segment 3 type A super segment, and can also connect one segment in a super segment unit.
- a receiving apparatus capable of receiving a format has an effect of selecting a program only in the super segment received by using the pilot broadcast in the super segment by collectively receiving the super segment 2.
- pilot broadcasts are arranged in the partial reception layer of type A (13 segment format), even in a 1 segment format receiver, pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) of the type A super segment service group Can be received.
- FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of pilot information of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
- the version information consists of a pilot version number and the next scheduled update date and time.
- the pilot version number is incremented by one when any change is made to the pilot information. The next time it reaches full scale, it returns to zero.
- the next scheduled update date and time indicates the date and time when the pilot information will be changed next.
- This information is transmitted in a TS of a broadcast other than the pilot broadcast.
- pilot version information is provided in this information.
- the pilot version information has the same contents as the version information of the pilot information.
- pilot version information can be managed on the receiving side by providing the version information. Further, providing the next update scheduled date and time has an effect that the receiver can prepare for the next update. Furthermore, since pilot version information is provided as TS transmission system information in TS of other broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts, real-time broadcasts and push cast broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts are not received. In this case, the pilot broadcast version information can be obtained from the received TS.
- version information is added to the pilot signal of FIG. 18 (b), but the pilot information of FIGS. 18 (a) (c), 28 (a) (b) (c), and FIG. May be added to
- FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in the eighth embodiment according to the present invention.
- FIG. 23 The same reference numerals as those in FIG. 23 represent the same functions.
- step 3701 the reception operation is started.
- the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
- step 3702 the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 confirms whether the version information of the pilot information is available.
- the pilot version numbers of the pilot information and the pilot version information of the TS transmission system information are compared in step 3703. If the pilot version numbers are the same, the scheduled update date is confirmed in step 3704. If it is before the scheduled update date, it is determined that the service channel list is the same as that previously created, and the service table is displayed in step 2305.
- step 3702 If the version information is not available in step 3702, the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 is first started up, the system is reset, etc. In this case, the service tuning table has not yet been created. Therefore, the service tuning table is created after step 2302.
- the pilot version number of the pilot version information of the TS transmission system information is updated more than the pilot version number of the version information of the pilot information in step 3703, the pilot information is updated, so the service channel selection table needs to be updated. After step 2302, the service tuning table is updated.
- the service tuning table needs to be updated because the pilot information has been updated, and after step 2302, the service tuning table is updated.
- step 2302 and Step 2303 The operations in Step 2302 and Step 2303 are as described in FIG.
- version information is also extracted as pilot information.
- step 3705 version information is stored.
- step 2304 a service channel selection table is created or updated and stored.
- step 2305 the service table is displayed.
- Steps 2306, 2307, and 2308 when real-time broadcasting is selected in Step 2305, Steps 2309, 2310, 2311, and 2312 when Pushcast broadcasting is selected, and Steps 2313 and 2314 when Downloaded is selected are as follows. As described in FIG.
- pilot version information is extracted and stored.
- Real-time broadcasting is processed in steps 3706a, 3707a, 3708a
- pushcast broadcasting is processed in steps 3706b, 3707b, 3708b. Since the operations are the same, the operations will be described with the subscripts a and b omitted.
- step 3706 the pilot version information is extracted from the TS transmission system information of FIG. 36 by the descrambling 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 from the TS demodulated in step 2307, and decoded by the system decoding unit 1915.
- step 3707 the pilot version number of the pilot version information is confirmed, and if it has been updated as compared with what has been stored previously, or if there is no previous storage, the process proceeds to step 3708.
- step 3708 the pilot version number of the pilot version information is stored, and the process returns to step 3706.
- step 3707 the pilot version number of the pilot version information is confirmed, and if it is the same as previously stored, the process returns to step 3706.
- steps 3706, 3707, and 3708 are repeated to always update the pilot version information to the latest one.
- the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration.
- version management of pilot information using version information has the effect of promptly displaying the service table when the pilot version number is the same (not updated) and before the scheduled update date and time.
- pilot version information is provided as TS transmission system information in TS of other broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts, real-time broadcasts and push cast broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts are not received. In this case, it is possible to obtain the pilot version information from the received TS and confirm the update of the pilot information.
- FIG. 38 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission device according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 38 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4.
- reference numerals 3801 and 3802 denote pilot segments in the segment configuration examples (a) and (b), respectively.
- the pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment.
- FIG. 38 differs from the segment configuration example of FIG. 17 in that the frequency arrangement of pilot segments is aligned in FIGS. 38 (a) and 38 (b).
- the pilot segment 3801 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz, and in the example of FIG.
- the segment 3802 is a segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 19], the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz, and the pilot segment frequency arrangement is the same in FIGS. 38 (a) and (b). is there. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
- Super Segment 1 Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcasting 1603 to each segment format, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sports, TS6 is education To do.
- Super segment 2 One program of real-time broadcast 1603 is assigned to type B (one segment) to one segment format, and TS7 is made premium.
- Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and TS1.
- Pilot broadcast 1604 is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment, and TS8 is set.
- Super segment 5 Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
- Super segment 1 Type A (1 13 segments) is assigned pushcast broadcast 1601 to TS1.
- Super segment 2 Type B (seven segments) type 6 (real-time broadcasting 1603) and pilot broadcasting 1604 as pilot segments are assigned to one segment format, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 Are sports, TS6 is education, TS7 is premium, and TS8 is pilot broadcasting 1604.
- Super segment 3 Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment) and TS9.
- one type B super segment of one segment type is used as a pilot segment
- one segment of seven type B super segments connected in one segment type is used as a pilot. It is a segment. Therefore, the example of FIG. 38 (a) is suitable when processing is performed in units of super segments, and the example of FIG. 38 (b) is suitable when processing is performed in units of TS.
- FIG. 39 is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
- Physical channel information defines the frequencies of three physical channels, physical channels 1, 2, and 3.
- the frequency of the physical channel may be indicated by a start frequency to an end frequency, and since the physical channel bandwidth is determined to be 6 MHz, it may be defined by the start, end, and center frequencies. Note that the frequency position of the physical channel may be defined by overlapping some bands. In this case, the frequency bandwidth of the overlapping portion is an integral multiple of 6/14 MHz.
- the super segment information links the super segment number and the super segment configuration.
- Super segment type ⁇ type A (13 segments), type B (1 segment) ⁇ , number of connections, physical channel numbers ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , central subchannel number ⁇ 0 to 41 ⁇ (13 segments for 13 segments) By indicating the value of the central segment), the super segment configuration and its frequency arrangement are determined.
- TS information associates TS number (see Fig. 2) and super segment structure. If the super segment number, super segment type, and center subchannel number are known, the transmission segment of the TS number can be determined, and as a result, the transmission frequency arrangement can be known.
- FIG. 40 (a) shows the physical channel information, super segment information, and TS information of FIG. 38 (a) and FIG. 40 (b).
- the frequency arrangements of the pilot segments which are the pilot broadcasts in FIG. 38 and the pilot information transmitted in the pilot broadcasts in FIG. 39 are the same, the frequency arrangements of the pilot segments are the same in FIGS. 39.
- a pilot segment having a frequency arrangement is selected and demodulated, whereby the super segment configuration can be recognized from the pilot information shown in FIG. 39. Therefore, when processing is performed in units of super segments shown in FIG. To a super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of TS in FIG. 38 (b), and a super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of TS in FIG. 38 (b). From the segment configuration to the super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of super segments in FIG. One even there is an effect that can be changed.
- FIG. 41 is a block diagram showing a system configuration of digital broadcast distribution in the tenth embodiment according to the present invention.
- Reference numeral 4101 denotes a content sending device
- 4106 denotes a receiving device
- 4111 denotes an audience rating information totaling device.
- the content transmission device 4101 is a digital broadcast transmission device that transmits content as a digital broadcast.
- a viewing information element (AudienceRating) is multiplexed and transmitted as metadata of the transmitted content.
- a receiving device 4106 is a digital broadcast receiving device that receives a digital broadcast.
- the viewing information element is included in the metadata of the content of the selected program, the viewing information data is transmitted to the audience rating information totaling device 4411 via the network.
- a network connection function for connecting to a network using a wired or wireless communication network is provided.
- the audience rating information totaling device 4111 counts the viewing information data sent from the receiving device 4106 and transmits the obtained audience rating information to the content sending device 4101.
- the configuration of the content transmission device 4101 is the same as the configuration of the digital broadcast transmission device in FIG.
- FIG. 42 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the receiving device 4106.
- Reference numeral 4201 denotes a touch panel, and the operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus can be performed on the touch panel 4201 via the I / O 1920.
- Reference numeral 4202 denotes a speaker, and 4203 denotes a video display unit such as a panel.
- the speaker 4202 outputs the audio of the digital broadcast receiving device via the audio output 1911, and the video display unit 4203 displays the video of the digital broadcast receiving device via the video output 1914.
- FIG. 43 is a block diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the reception device 4106 according to the present embodiment.
- the control software 4300 for realizing the function of the receiving device 4106 is stored in the NVRAM 1916, the ROM 1917, or the recording medium 1931 of the receiving device 4106, and is expanded in the RAM 1918 and executed by the CPU 1922 at the time of execution.
- the control software 4300 includes a metadata extraction unit 4301, a metadata analysis unit 4302, a program information extraction unit 4303, a viewing information data generation unit 4304, a receiver registration processing unit 4305, a receiver registration information generation unit 4306, and a receiver registration UI generation.
- a unit 4307 and a network communication processing unit 4308 are included.
- the metadata extraction unit 4301 acquires the metadata separated by the demux 1909 of the receiving device 4106.
- the metadata analysis unit 4302 detects the ⁇ ProgramDescription> tag from the metadata information acquired by the metadata extraction unit 4301, and extracts “program description” in which information about the program and the audience rating is described.
- “program description” receiver information transmission destination for registering receiver information, which is information on a receiver that transmits basic information on a program such as a program name of digital broadcasting and viewing information data Registered receiver data transmission destination information that is a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) indicating the viewing information data, viewing information data transmission destination information that is a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) indicating the transmission destination of the viewing information data, and the audience rating information of the program Described. Details of the metadata description will be described later.
- the program information extraction unit 4303 acquires a program name, an identifier for identifying a program, and the like from an EIT (Event Information Table) included in the digital broadcast signal, and identifies a program being received.
- EIT Event Information Table
- the viewing information data generation unit 4304 identifies the program being viewed at 0 seconds per minute from the program information extraction unit 4303 and generates viewing information data for transmission to the audience rating information totaling device 4111.
- the receiver registration processing unit 4305 detects the registered receiver data transmission destination information in the information extracted from the metadata analysis unit 4302, and when the registered flag is 0, the receiver registration data is registered receiver data.
- the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 is instructed to generate a receiver data transmission confirmation UI (User-Interface) that confirms to the user whether to transmit to the destination information.
- the registered flag is reset to 0 when the power of the receiving device 4106 is turned off.
- the receiver registration information generation unit 4306 includes a receiver that includes ID information that allows the audience rating information aggregating apparatus to uniquely identify the receiver 4106 when the user specifies that the receiver data is transmitted to the registered receiver data transmission destination information. Data is generated and output to the network communication processing unit 4308.
- the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 When instructed by the receiver registration processing unit 4305, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates a receiver data receiver data transmission confirmation UI and displays it on the display 4205 of the reception device 4106. Further, a normal response UI when the receiver data can be normally transmitted to the audience rating totaling apparatus 4111 and an error response UI when the transmission fails are displayed on the display 4205 of the receiving apparatus 4106.
- the network communication processing unit 4308 transmits / receives data to / from the audience rating information totaling device 4111 connected to the network via the communication I / F 1919.
- FIG. 44 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 according to this embodiment.
- 4401 is a central processing unit (CPU)
- 4402 is a RAM (Random Access ⁇ 4Memory), which is a main memory
- 4403 is a ROM (Read Only ⁇ Memory) in which a boot program is stored
- 4404 is a record for recording a program, data, and the like.
- 4405 is an input / output unit (hereinafter referred to as I / O)
- 4407 is a screen output unit for displaying a screen
- 4408 is a system bus
- 4409 is an I / O.
- a keyboard that is one of the external input devices connected to the O4406, a mouse 4410 that is one of the external input devices connected to the I / O 4406, and an external display that is connected to the screen output unit 4407.
- FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of metadata transmitted after being multiplexed with content.
- Metadata 4501 is content description metadata that provides information about the program audience rating. Here, a description will be given taking as an example a case of description in XML (Extensible Markup Language).
- the metadata 4501 is generated for each program, multiplexed with the program content, and repeatedly transmitted every predetermined time.
- the ⁇ TVAMain> tag is a tag indicating the root element 4603 of the content description metadata.
- the content description metadata is described from the ⁇ TVAMain> tag to the part enclosed by the ⁇ / TVAMain> tag.
- 4503 is a data description part of content description metadata.
- the ⁇ ProgramDescription> tag is a tag indicating that the content of the content description metadata is “program description”.
- the receiver can determine the type of content description metadata by the ⁇ ProgramDescription> tag.
- ⁇ UserDescription> indicating “viewer preference or content usage history description” is defined as a tag indicating the type of content.
- program information description is provided as “program description” information
- program audience information description is defined and described as one element in “program information description”.
- the ⁇ ProgramInformationTable> tag is a tag indicating that this metadata has “program information description”. “Program information description” is described by a ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag.
- the ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag has programId5808 which is an ID for uniquely identifying a program as attribute information.
- programId5808 information for uniquely identifying the broadcaster is described. For example, a domain name such as "hitachi.com” is set.
- the “bbb” portion of programId 5808 is set with an identifier for uniquely identifying a program within one broadcaster.
- “ ⁇ broadcast date / time> / ⁇ content category> / ⁇ service ID> / ⁇ event ID>” is separated by “/” and configured with the broadcast date / time, content category, service ID, event ID, and the like.
- ⁇ Broadcast date> is described in the YYMMDD format.
- ⁇ Content category> indicates real-time broadcasting or storage broadcasting. Real-time broadcasting is described as rt, and storage broadcasting is described as fd.
- These pieces of information are also information transmitted together with the broadcast program included in the digital broadcast signal, and information about the program being received can be acquired by the program information extraction unit 4303. Therefore, by configuring the programId 5808 as described above, the program being received can be easily associated with the acquired content description metadata.
- ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag is an element tag as ⁇ BasicDescription> tag (program basic information description part) 4504, ⁇ ViewInformation> tag (viewing data collection information description part) 4505, ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag (registration destination information description part) 4506, ⁇ RatingInformation > Has a tag (viewing rate information description part) 4507
- ⁇ BasicDescription> tag (program basic information description part) 4504 is a tag indicating that basic information about a program is described.
- the program basic information description unit 4504 has a ⁇ Title> tag as an element tag.
- the ⁇ Title> tag represents a program name, and the program name is described in a portion surrounded by the ⁇ Title> tag and the ⁇ / Title> tag.
- ⁇ ViewInformation> tag (viewing data collection information description section) 4505 is a tag indicating that information for collecting information related to viewing is described.
- the viewing data collection information description unit 4505 has a ⁇ ServerUri> tag as an element tag.
- viewing information data transmission destination information which is a URI indicating the transmission destination of the viewing information data of the program is described.
- ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag (registration destination information description part) 4506 is a tag indicating that information for registering a receiver that provides viewing information is described.
- the registration destination information description unit 4506 has a ⁇ ServerUri> tag as an element tag.
- receiver registration data transmission destination information which is a URI indicating a transmission destination of receiver registration data for registering a receiver that provides viewing information is described.
- ⁇ RatingInformation> (viewing rate information description part) 4507 is a tag indicating that the rating information of the program indicated by programId5808 is described.
- the ⁇ RatingInformation> tag describes information related to audience rating information of the program.
- Viewing rate information description part) 4507 has ⁇ Time> tag, ⁇ Ratio> tag, etc. as element tags.
- the ⁇ Time> tag describes the time zone used to calculate the audience rating of the program at any time. Usually, the time zone indicating the latest audience rating is described.
- the ⁇ Ratio> tag describes the value of the audience rating (every minute audience rating) at 0 seconds per minute. Describe the numerical value in percentage display with the maximum value being 100, up to one decimal place. When there is no audience rating information, this tag is not included in the content description metadata.
- FIG. 46 is a flowchart of a registration process for registering the receiving device 4106 as a receiver that provides viewing information. The registration process is executed only when the digital broadcast is being viewed and the receiver has not yet been registered, that is, when the value of the registered flag is 0.
- the receiver registration processing unit 4305 determines whether the registration destination information description unit 4506 exists in the metadata 4501 by detecting ⁇ ViewRegistration> of the metadata. (Step 4601). When the receiver registration data transmission destination information is detected, the receiver registration processing unit 4305 detects the ⁇ ServerURI> tag in the registration destination information description unit 4506, and acquires “receiver registration data transmission destination information” (step S3). 4602). The receiver registration processing unit 4305 requests the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 to generate a receiver data receiver data transmission confirmation UI, and displays it on the display 4205 (step 4603). A display example of the receiver data transmission confirmation UI is shown in FIG.
- Reference numeral 5401 denotes a message for confirming transmission of receiver data.
- the user selects the “Register” button 5402. If the receiver data is not transmitted, the user selects the “Cancel” button 5403.
- the receiver registration processing unit 4305 determines which button of the receiver data transmission confirmation UI has been selected (step 4604). If the “Cancel” button 5403 is selected, the process ends.
- the receiver registration information generating unit 4306 generates receiver data to be registered, and transmits the receiver data to the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 via the network communication processing unit 4308.
- the information of the transmission destination is the receiver registration data transmission destination acquired in step 4602 (step 4605).
- step 4606 It is determined whether a registration completion response to the receiver data transmitted to the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 has been received within a predetermined timeout time (step 4606).
- the registered flag is set to 1 (step 4607).
- the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 When the registration completion response is received, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates a normal response UI (FIG. 54B), displays it on the display 4205, and ends the registration process (step 4608).
- the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates an error response UI (FIG. 54 (c)), displays the error response UI on the display 4205, and ends the registration process without being registered (step 4608).
- FIG. 47 is a flowchart of viewing information data generation and transmission processing by the receiving device 4106.
- FIG. The generation and transmission process flow is executed at 0 second per minute.
- the viewing information data generation unit 4304 acquires the time when the process is executed. (Step 4701).
- the service ID and event ID which are identification information of the program being viewed, are acquired from the program information extraction unit 4303. (Step 4702).
- the viewing information data generation unit 4304 acquires metadata corresponding to the program being viewed from the metadata analysis unit 4302. At this time, the service ID and event ID acquired in step 4702 are passed as search arguments.
- the metadata analysis unit 4302 compares the ⁇ programId> 4508 of the ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag with the argument service ID and the event ID that have been passed, and returns the requested metadata.
- the viewing information data generation unit 4304 extracts the viewing data collection information description unit 4505 from the acquired metadata by detecting the ⁇ ViewInformation> tag, and acquires “viewing information data transmission destination information” described in the ⁇ ServerUri> tag. (Step 4703).
- the viewing information data generation unit 4304 generates the viewing information data shown in FIG. 48 (step 4704).
- the viewing information data generation unit 4304 transmits the generated viewing data to the viewing information data transmission destination extracted in step 4703 via the network communication processing unit 4308 (step 4705).
- FIG. 48 is a diagram showing an example of viewing information data.
- the viewing information data 4801 is described in XML
- 4802 is an XML declaration.
- ⁇ ViewInformationTable> is an element (tag) for describing a table related to viewing information of the receiving device 4106.
- the ⁇ ViewInformationTable> tag has a ⁇ ViewInformation> tag, and a plurality of ⁇ ViewInformation> tags can be described in one ⁇ ViewInformationTable> tag.
- the ⁇ ViewInformation> tag is an element (tag) for describing viewing information for each program.
- ⁇ ViewInformation> tag has ⁇ programId> tag, ⁇ Time> tag, and ⁇ ReceiverId> tag.
- the ⁇ programId> tag is a tag that describes channel information of a viewing program, and uses the programId 4508 of attribute information of the ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag in the metadata 4501 transmitted from the content transmission apparatus 4101.
- the ⁇ Time> tag indicates the time when the viewing information data was taken. The time is described in the YYYY-MMDDThh: mm: ss format. YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit month, DD is a 2-digit day, hh is a 2-digit hour, mm is a 2-digit minute, and ss is always 00.
- the ⁇ ReceiverId> tag describes the same receiver data that uniquely identifies the receiving device 4106.
- FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an example of receiver data generated and transmitted by the receiver registration information generation unit 4306.
- a description will be given by taking an example described in XML.
- Receiver data 4901 is described in XML, and 4902 is an XML declaration.
- ⁇ ViewRegistrationTable> is an element (tag) for describing a table related to receiver information of the receiving device 4106.
- the ⁇ ViewRegistrationTable> tag has a ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag.
- the ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag is an element (tag) for describing information for uniquely identifying the receiving device 4106.
- the ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag has a ⁇ ReceiverId> tag.
- the ⁇ ReceiverId> tag describes information for identifying the receiving device 4106 as a position. Specifically, in the case of a mobile phone, a telephone number, an e-mail address, etc. correspond to this.
- FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the audience rating information totaling device 4111.
- Control software that realizes the function of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 is stored in the RAM 4402, the ROM 4403, or the recording medium 4404 of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111, and is expanded in the RAM 4402 and executed by the CPU 4401 at the time of execution.
- 50 includes a viewing information data reception processing unit 5001, a receiver data reception processing unit 5002, an audience rating information calculation unit 5003, and an audience rating information provision unit 5004.
- the flow processed by the viewing information data reception processing unit 5001 will be described with reference to FIG.
- Viewing information report data reception processing unit 5001 receives viewing information data 4801 from network communication processing unit 4308 (step 5501).
- ⁇ ProgramId> information, ⁇ Time> information, and ⁇ ReceiverId> information are extracted from the viewing information data 4801 (step 5502). It is determined whether the ⁇ ReceiverId> information extracted in step 5502 includes ⁇ ReceiverId> information already registered as receiver data (step 5503). It is determined whether or not ⁇ ReceiverId> information has already been registered and viewing information data in which a combination of ⁇ programId> information, ⁇ Time> information, and ⁇ ReceiverId> information is duplicated is already stored (step 5504). .
- the received viewing information data is stored in the storage medium 4404 (step 5505).
- the received viewing information data is discarded (step 5506).
- the receiver data reception processing unit 5002 receives the receiver data 4901 from the network communication processing unit 4308 (step 5601). ⁇ ReceiverId> information is extracted from the receiver data 4901 (step 5602). It is determined whether or not the viewing information data in which the ⁇ ReceiverId> information is duplicated is already stored (5603). If there is no overlap, that is, new receiver data, the received receiver data is stored in the storage medium 4404 (step 5604). If duplicate receiver data has already been stored, the received receiver data is discarded (step 5605). When the receiver data is stored, a normal response is transmitted, and when it is discarded, an error response is transmitted to the receiver via the network (step 5606).
- the flow processed by the audience rating information calculation unit 5003 will be described with reference to FIG.
- the audience rating information calculation unit 5003 waits until a predetermined timing and executes processing.
- the predetermined timing may be changed to a 1-minute period at which the time is 00 seconds as a minimum unit, and may be changed to a 5-minute period or a 10-minute period as necessary.
- a case of a 5-minute cycle will be described as an example.
- the audience rating calculation timing at which the time is 00 seconds in a 5-minute cycle is determined (step 5701).
- the time 1 minute before this timing is 00 seconds.
- the number of viewing information data with ⁇ Time> information is counted for each ⁇ programId> information as the numerator, and the receiver data
- the number of ⁇ ReceiverId> registered from 1 is used as a denominator, and a numerical value in percentage display with a maximum value of 100 is calculated as a viewing rate of the program to one decimal place (step 5702).
- This audience rating is transmitted to the content transmission device 4401 as audience rating aggregate data (step 5703).
- the audience rating information providing unit 5004 converts the audience rating aggregated data calculated by the audience rating information calculating unit 5003 into the same format as the metadata 4507, and transmits it to the content transmission apparatus 4101 via the network communication processing unit 4308.
- FIG. 58 shows an example when the data to be transmitted by the audience rating information providing unit 5004 is described in XML.
- the audience rating total data 5801 is described in XML, and 5802 is an XML declaration.
- the audience rating data 5803, 5804, and 5805 for each program described by the ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag has different programId attribute information, and can be uniquely specified for each program.
- the ⁇ Time> information in the ⁇ RatingInformation> information is the same because all the audience ratings at the same timing are totaled.
- the ⁇ Ratio> information describes the audience rating for each ⁇ programId> information.
- the content transmission apparatus that has received the audience rating data can use the audience rating data 5803, 5804, and 5805 as metadata 4507 as they are.
- the audience rating information totaling apparatus can obtain the viewing information data from the receiver almost in real time during the program broadcast. Moreover, the acquired audience rating information is totaled and provided to the content transmission apparatus as needed. As a result, a broadcaster that sends out content can obtain the viewing rate of the broadcasted program almost in real time.
- the receiver 4106 receives audience rating information of a program distributed using metadata and presents it to the user will be described.
- FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the reception device 4106 according to the present embodiment.
- the audience rating information extraction unit 5101 extracts ⁇ RatingInformation> information 4507 of the metadata 4501 extracted from the metadata analysis unit 4302.
- FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a processing flow for obtaining audience rating information from the metadata 4501 and presenting it to the user.
- the program information extraction unit 4303 acquires the currently viewed program information, and the audience rating information extraction unit 5101 extracts ⁇ Ratio> information from the metadata 4507 (step 5201).
- the audience rating information of ⁇ Ratio> is displayed in the upper right part of the display 4205 of the receiving device 4106 (step 5202).
- FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a display example of audience rating information displayed on the display 4205 of the reception device 4106. At the same time as the program, audience rating information is displayed in the upper right part of the screen.
- the audience rating information totaling apparatus can obtain the viewing information data from the receiver almost in real time during the program broadcast. Moreover, the acquired audience rating information is totaled and provided to the content transmission apparatus as needed. As a result, a broadcaster that sends out content can obtain the viewing rate of the broadcasted program almost in real time. Further, the content transmission device transmits the acquired audience rating information as content metadata by digital broadcast waves. Thereby, the user can know the audience rating of the program being viewed in almost real time.
- this invention is not limited to an above-described Example, Various modifications are included.
- the above-described embodiments have been described in detail for easy understanding of the present invention, and are not necessarily limited to those having all the configurations described.
- a part of the configuration of one embodiment can be replaced with the configuration of another embodiment, and the configuration of another embodiment can be added to the configuration of one embodiment.
- Each of the above-described configurations, functions, processing units, processing means, and the like may be realized by hardware by designing a part or all of them with, for example, an integrated circuit.
- Each of the above-described configurations, functions, and the like may be realized by software by interpreting and executing a program that realizes each function by the processor.
- Information such as programs, tables, and files for realizing each function can be stored in a recording device such as a memory, a hard disk, an SSD (Solid State Drive), or a recording medium such as an IC card, an SD card, or a DVD.
- a recording device such as a memory, a hard disk, an SSD (Solid State Drive), or a recording medium such as an IC card, an SD card, or a DVD.
- control lines and information lines indicate what is considered necessary for the explanation, and not all the control lines and information lines on the product are necessarily shown. Actually, it may be considered that almost all the components are connected to each other.
- Convolutional encoding unit 606 ... Carrier modulation unit 607 ... Bit interleaving unit 608 ... Mapping unit 609 ... Output 701 ... Input 702 ... Pilot signal configuration unit 703 ... TMCC (Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control) signal configuration unit 704 ... AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal configuration unit 705 ... OFDM frame configuration unit 706 ... Output 1901 ... Antenna 19 2 ... Channel selection unit 1903 ... Orthogonal demodulation unit 1904 ... Fast Fourier transform (FFT) unit 1905 ... Demodulation decoding unit 1906 ... Synchronous reproduction unit 1907 ... Frame extraction unit 1908 ... TMCC decoding unit 1909 ... Demax unit 1910 ...
- FFT Fast Fourier transform
- CAS Consumer Access System 1931 ... Recording medium 2101 ... Input 2102 ... Carrier demodulation unit 2103 ... Deinterleaving unit 2104 ... Demapping unit 2105 ... Bit deinterleaving unit 2106 ... Depuncture unit 2107 ... Viterbi decoding unit 2108 ... Byte deinterleaving unit 2109 ... Energy despreading unit 2110 ... TS reproduction unit 2111 ... RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding unit 2112 ... Output 2121 ... Hierarchy division unit 2122 ... Hierarchy synthesis unit 2201 ... Input 2202 ... Carrier demodulation unit 2203 ... Deinterleaving unit 2204 ...
- Demapping unit 2205 Bit deinterleave Unit 2206 Depuncture unit 2207 Viterbi decoding unit 2208 Byte deinterleaving unit 2209 Energy despreading unit 2210 TS reproduction unit 2211 RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding unit 2212 Output 4 111 ... audience rating information totaling device 4301 ... metadata extraction unit 4302 ... metadata analysis unit 4303 ... program information extraction unit 4304 ... viewing information data generation unit 4305 ... receiver registration processing unit 4306 ... receiver registration information generation unit 4307 ... reception Machine registration UI generation unit 4308... Network communication processing unit 4501... Metadata 4504 distributed from the content sending device. Metadata element 4505 describing basic information of the program.
- Metadata element 4506 describing viewing information data transmission destination information.
- Metadata element 4507 describing registered receiver data transmission destination information ...
- Metadata element 4801 describing audience rating information of program ... Viewing information data 4803 including viewing information of program ... Viewing information 4901 for each program ...
- Receiver information Including receiver data 4903 ...
- Hearing information data receiver 5002 ...
- receiver data receiver 5003 ... ratings information calculation unit 5101 ... viewership processor
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Social Psychology (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Computer Graphics (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Two-Way Televisions, Distribution Of Moving Picture Or The Like (AREA)
Abstract
The prior art has a disadvantage that it is impossible to collect, in real time, view information data, which is to be used for calculating audience rates of digital broadcast programs, and to distribute, in real time, the audience rate data, which has been calculated from a result of the collection, to digital broadcast receiver apparatuses. In light of this problem, view information data is transmitted in real time and calculated audience rate data is distributed in real time, whereby the audience rates of digital broadcast programs can be ascertained in real time.
Description
本発明は、映像、音声、データなどのデジタル情報を送るデジタル放送の送信技術、受信技術に関する。
The present invention relates to digital broadcasting transmission technology and reception technology for transmitting digital information such as video, audio and data.
従来は、特許文献1に示されているように、セグメント単位の様々な情報を送信するとき、複数のセグメントを一括処理して送信し、受信機側ではその受信信号の中から任意のセグメントを選択、復調できるようにしていた。
Conventionally, as shown in Patent Document 1, when transmitting various pieces of information in segment units, a plurality of segments are processed and transmitted at the same time, and the receiver side selects an arbitrary segment from the received signal. It was possible to select and demodulate.
上記特許文献1では、送信側ではセグメント単位で様々な情報を送信し、受信側ではその中から任意のセグメントを選択、復調することが開示されている。
Patent Document 1 discloses that the transmitting side transmits various pieces of information on a segment basis, and the receiving side selects and demodulates an arbitrary segment.
しかしながら、複数のセグメント単位の様々な情報を関連付けて送信し、受信機側ではその関連に応じてセグメントを選択、復調するという、セグメント間の情報関連付けについては示されていなかった。
However, the information association between the segments, in which various pieces of information in a plurality of segment units are transmitted in association with each other and the segment is selected and demodulated in accordance with the association, has not been shown.
本発明はこのような状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、セグメント間の情報を関連付けし、その関連に応じてセグメントを選択、復調することが可能な送信装置あるいは受信装置を提供することにある。
The present invention has been made in view of such a situation, and an object thereof is to provide a transmission device or a reception device that associates information between segments and can select and demodulate segments according to the association. There is to do.
上記目的を達成するために、例えば、特許請求の範囲に記載の構成を採用する。
In order to achieve the above object, for example, the configuration described in the claims is adopted.
本発明によれば、送信側でセグメント間の情報を関連させることができ、また、その関連に応じて受信側でセグメントを選択、復調することが可能なため、ひとつのセグメントで伝送できる情報量以上の情報を処理することが可能であり、また、選択、復調しているセグメント以外の他のセグメントの情報を入手することが可能となる。
According to the present invention, information between segments can be associated on the transmission side, and a segment can be selected and demodulated on the reception side according to the association, so that the amount of information that can be transmitted in one segment The above information can be processed, and information on segments other than the selected and demodulated segments can be obtained.
以下、本発明を実施するための形態について図面を参照して詳述する。なお、図面において、同一符号は、同一または相当部分を示す。また、本発明は、図示例に限定されるものではない。
Hereinafter, embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the drawings, the same reference numerals indicate the same or corresponding parts. Further, the present invention is not limited to the illustrated example.
図1は、本発明に係る実施形態1におけるデジタル放送配信のシステム構成を示すブロック図である。101はコンテンツ送出装置、102は欠損補完用データ送出装置、103はライセンス管理装置、104は決済システム・顧客管理システム、105はリムーバブルメディア、106は受信装置、107は蓄積装置、108はメタデータ送出装置である。
FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a system configuration of digital broadcast distribution in Embodiment 1 according to the present invention. 101 is a content transmission device, 102 is a data transmission device for loss compensation, 103 is a license management device, 104 is a payment system / customer management system, 105 is a removable medium, 106 is a reception device, 107 is a storage device, and 108 is metadata transmission Device.
配信するコンテンツおよび、コンテンツに関する情報を格納したメタデータは、蓄積装置107に格納されており、配信のためにコンテンツ送出装置101に登録される。登録されたコンテンツおよび、メタデータは、アクセス制御共通情報やアクセス制御個別情報とともにコンテンツ送出装置101から放送波経由で送出される。メタデータは、放送波経由だけではなく、メタデータ送出装置108から通信経由で送出されてもよい。
Content to be distributed and metadata storing information related to the content are stored in the storage device 107 and registered in the content transmission device 101 for distribution. The registered content and metadata are transmitted from the content transmitting apparatus 101 via broadcast waves together with access control common information and access control individual information. The metadata may be transmitted from the metadata transmission apparatus 108 via communication as well as via broadcast waves.
視聴可否に関する情報は、ライセンス管理装置103および、決済システム・顧客管理システム104によって管理され、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報がコンテンツ送出装置101に供給される。アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報は、コンテンツ送出装置101から放送波経由で送出されるだけではなく、ライセンス管理装置103から通信経由で配信されてもよい。また、コンテンツ送出装置101においてアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報をリムーバブルメディア105に格納し、直接配達したり、販売店を通じて販売したりすることでユーザのもとに届けてもよい。
Information relating to whether or not viewing is possible is managed by the license management apparatus 103 and the settlement system / customer management system 104, and access control common information and access control individual information are supplied to the content transmission apparatus 101. The access control common information and the access control individual information may be distributed not only from the content transmission apparatus 101 via broadcast waves but also from the license management apparatus 103 via communication. In the content transmission apparatus 101, the access control common information and the access control individual information may be stored in the removable medium 105 and delivered directly to the user or sold through a store.
欠損補完用データ送出装置102は、放送波によって配信したコンテンツに受信装置106受信時点で欠損があった場合に、欠損を修復するためのデータを送出する機能をもつ。欠損補完用データ送出装置102は、受信装置106からの欠損補完用データリクエストに従って、欠損補完用データを通信経由で送出する。欠損補完用データの受信が完了したのち、受信装置106は、欠損補完用データ送出装置に対して受信報告を送信する。
The deficiency complementing data sending device 102 has a function of sending data for repairing a deficiency when there is a deficiency in the content distributed by the broadcast wave when the receiving device 106 receives the content. The missing complement data sending device 102 sends the missing complement data via communication in accordance with the missing complement data request from the receiving device 106. After the reception of the missing complement data is completed, the receiving device 106 transmits a reception report to the missing complement data sending device.
図1においては、コンテンツ送出装置101、欠損補完用データ送出装置102,ライセンス管理装置103、決済システム・顧客管理システム104、蓄積装置107、メタデータ送出装置108をすべて別の装置として記載したが、複数の機能を備える装置があってもよく、本発明を図1の構成に限定するものではない。
In FIG. 1, the content transmission device 101, the defect complement data transmission device 102, the license management device 103, the payment system / customer management system 104, the storage device 107, and the metadata transmission device 108 are all described as separate devices. There may be a device having a plurality of functions, and the present invention is not limited to the configuration of FIG.
本発明に係るデジタル放送においては、リアルタイム放送とプッシュキャスト放送が配信される。リアルタイム放送は、ストリーミング型の配信であって、放送波を受信しながら同時にそのコンテンツを再生するサービスである。一方、プッシュキャスト放送とは、ダウンロード型の配信であって、放送波を受信したあとの任意のタイミングで再生するサービスである。
In the digital broadcast according to the present invention, real-time broadcast and push cast broadcast are distributed. Real-time broadcasting is a streaming-type distribution, and is a service for reproducing the content at the same time as receiving a broadcast wave. On the other hand, pushcast broadcasting is download-type distribution and is a service that is played back at an arbitrary timing after receiving a broadcast wave.
リアルタイム放送の場合、コンテンツ送出装置101は、コンテンツ、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報をすべて放送波経由で送出する。コンテンツ送出装置101は、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を送出するために、あらかじめライセンス管理装置103からアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を取得しておく。受信装置106は、放送波からコンテンツ、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を分離・抽出し、取得したアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を使ってコンテンツを復号する。
In the case of real-time broadcasting, the content transmission apparatus 101 transmits all content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information via broadcast waves. The content transmission apparatus 101 acquires the access control common information and the access control individual information from the license management apparatus 103 in advance in order to transmit the access control common information and the access control individual information. The receiving apparatus 106 separates / extracts content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information from the broadcast wave, and decodes the content using the acquired access control common information and access control individual information.
なお、アクセス制御個別情報は、無料放送の場合など必ずしも送出する必要はない。
Note that the access control individual information does not necessarily need to be transmitted in the case of free broadcasting.
また、アクセス制御個別情報は、放送帯域の有効活用の観点から、ライセンス管理装置103よりネットワーク経由もしくは、リムーバブルメディア105経由で配信してもよい。この場合、受信装置106は、コンテンツ受信前にあらかじめアクセス制御個別情報を入手しておく必要がある。
Further, the access control individual information may be distributed from the license management apparatus 103 via the network or the removable media 105 from the viewpoint of effective use of the broadcast band. In this case, the receiving apparatus 106 needs to obtain the access control individual information in advance before receiving the content.
プッシュキャスト放送の場合、コンテンツ送出装置101は、コンテンツ、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報をすべて放送波経由で送出する。コンテンツ送出装置101は、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を送出するために、あらかじめライセンス管理装置103からアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を取得しておく。受信装置106は、放送波からコンテンツ、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を分離・抽出し、取得したアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を使ってコンテンツを復号する。
In the case of pushcast broadcasting, the content sending apparatus 101 sends all content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information via broadcast waves. The content transmission apparatus 101 acquires the access control common information and the access control individual information from the license management apparatus 103 in advance in order to transmit the access control common information and the access control individual information. The receiving apparatus 106 separates / extracts content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information from the broadcast wave, and decodes the content using the acquired access control common information and access control individual information.
なお、アクセス制御個別情報は、無料放送の場合など必ずしも送出する必要はない。
Note that the access control individual information does not necessarily need to be transmitted in the case of free broadcasting.
また、プッシュキャスト放送の場合、コンテンツの受信と再生の間に時間的な隔たりがあるため、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を必ずしもコンテンツと同時に放送波経由で送出する必要はない。メタデータは、メタデータ送出装置108からネットワーク経由で配信してもよい。アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報は、ライセンス管理装置103よりネットワーク経由もしくは、リムーバブルメディア105経由で配信してもよい。受信装置106は、コンテンツ再生時までに、ネットワーク経由もしくは、リムーバブルメディア105経由でアクセス制御個別情報を入手しておく必要がある。
Also, in the case of pushcast broadcasting, there is a time lag between the reception and playback of content, so it is not necessary to send metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information together with content via broadcast waves. Absent. The metadata may be distributed from the metadata transmission device 108 via a network. The access control common information and the access control individual information may be distributed from the license management apparatus 103 via a network or via the removable medium 105. The receiving device 106 needs to obtain the access control individual information via the network or the removable medium 105 by the time of content reproduction.
また、コンテンツの受信と再生の間に時間的な隔たりがあることから、コンテンツ送出装置101は、ある時間帯において特定のコンテンツを複数回繰り返し送出してもよい。
In addition, since there is a time gap between the reception and reproduction of content, the content transmission apparatus 101 may repeatedly transmit specific content multiple times in a certain time zone.
さらに、受信装置106が放送波経由で受信したコンテンツに欠損があった場合に、欠損補完用データを送出することで、受信装置106に蓄積されたコンテンツを修復してもよい。受信装置106は、蓄積したコンテンツに欠損があると判断した場合、欠損補完用データ送出装置102に対して、ネットワーク経由で欠損補完用データリクエストを送信する。欠損補完用データ送出装置102は、欠損補完用データリクエストに応じて、受信装置106に対してネットワーク経由で欠損補完用データを送出する。受信装置106は、欠損補完用データを受信して蓄積していたコンテンツの修復を試み、ネットワーク経由で欠損補完用データ送出装置102に受信報告を送信する。
Furthermore, when the content received by the receiving device 106 via the broadcast wave is defective, the content stored in the receiving device 106 may be repaired by sending data for defect complementation. If the receiving device 106 determines that the accumulated content is missing, the receiving device 106 transmits a missing complement data request to the missing complement data sending device 102 via the network. In response to the missing complement data request, the missing complement data sending device 102 sends the missing complement data to the receiving device 106 via the network. The receiving device 106 receives the missing complement data and attempts to repair the accumulated content, and transmits a reception report to the missing complement data sending device 102 via the network.
図2はコンテンツ送出装置101内部の詳細な構成を示すブロック図である。本デジタル放送方式では、複数のMPEG-2トランスポートストリーム(MPEG-2 Transport Stream、以下、TSとする)を、それぞれ伝送路符号化処理を施した後、IFFT(Inverse Fast Fourier Transform)により複数のサブキャリアからなるOFDM(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing)送信信号に一括して変換し、放送波として送信する。
FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a detailed configuration inside the content transmission apparatus 101. In this digital broadcasting system, a plurality of MPEG-2 transport streams (hereinafter referred to as TS) are each subjected to transmission path coding processing, and then subjected to a plurality of IFFTs (Inverse / Fast / Fourier / Transform). It is converted into an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) transmission signal consisting of subcarriers in a batch and transmitted as a broadcast wave.
図3は、マルチメディア信号発生201内部の詳細な構成を示すブロック図である。301はコンテンツ・メタデータ登録機能、302はメタデータ生成機能、303はメタデータ蓄積機能、304はコンテンツ蓄積・再生機能、305はコンテンツ暗号化機能、306は記録媒体である。
FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a detailed configuration inside the multimedia signal generation 201. 301 is a content / metadata registration function, 302 is a metadata generation function, 303 is a metadata storage function, 304 is a content storage / playback function, 305 is a content encryption function, and 306 is a recording medium.
コンテンツ送出装置101の外部から供給されたコンテンツおよび、メタデータは、コンテンツ・メタデータ登録機能301によって登録される。登録されたコンテンツおよび、メタデータは、それぞれコンテンツ蓄積・再生機能304および、メタデータ蓄積機能303により、記録媒体306に保存される。コンテンツの送出やライセンスに関するメタデータは、メタデータ生成機能302により生成され、メタデータ蓄積機能303により、記録媒体306に保存される。保存されたコンテンツおよび、メタデータは、コンテンツ暗号化機能305により暗号化され、ストリームとして出力される。
The content and metadata supplied from the outside of the content transmission apparatus 101 are registered by the content / metadata registration function 301. The registered content and metadata are stored in the recording medium 306 by the content storage / playback function 304 and the metadata storage function 303, respectively. Metadata relating to content transmission and license is generated by the metadata generation function 302 and stored in the recording medium 306 by the metadata storage function 303. The stored content and metadata are encrypted by the content encryption function 305 and output as a stream.
また、図4に本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す。まず、図4を説明する。
FIG. 4 shows an example of the segment structure of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. First, FIG. 4 will be described.
本デジタル放送送信信号は、207.5MHz以上222MHz以下の周波数の電波(VHF-High帯)を使用する放送局の行う地上マルチメディア放送のうち、セグメント連結伝送方式によるものである。これは、地上デジタルテレビジョン放送の伝送方式、及び、地上デジタル音声放送の伝送方式をベースとする。
This digital broadcast transmission signal is based on the segment-coupled transmission method among terrestrial multimedia broadcasts performed by broadcast stations using radio waves (VHF-High band) with a frequency of 207.5 MHz to 222 MHz. This is based on the transmission system of terrestrial digital television broadcasting and the transmission system of terrestrial digital audio broadcasting.
デジタル放送送信信号のOFDMセグメントは、
(1)地上デジタルテレビジョン放送の伝送方式に準拠した13セグメント形式のOFDMセグメント(タイプAスーパーセグメント)
(2)地上デジタル音声放送の伝送方式に準拠した1セグメント形式のOFDMセグメントを14個以下で連結したもの(タイプBスーパーセグメント)
を連結して(以下、連結OFDMセグメント)構成される。ここで、1セグメントは地上テレビジョン放送のチャンネル帯域幅6MHzを14等分した帯域幅を持つ。また、連結OFDMセグメントには必ず1つ以上のタイプAスーパーセグメントを含む。 The OFDM segment of the digital broadcast transmission signal is
(1) OFDM segment in 13 segment format (type A super segment) compliant with digital terrestrial television broadcasting transmission system
(2) 14 segment or less connected one-segment OFDM segments conforming to the transmission system of digital terrestrial audio broadcasting (Type B super segment)
Are connected (hereinafter referred to as a connected OFDM segment). Here, one segment has a bandwidth obtained by dividing thechannel bandwidth 6 MHz of terrestrial television broadcasting into 14 equal parts. A concatenated OFDM segment always includes one or more type A super segments.
(1)地上デジタルテレビジョン放送の伝送方式に準拠した13セグメント形式のOFDMセグメント(タイプAスーパーセグメント)
(2)地上デジタル音声放送の伝送方式に準拠した1セグメント形式のOFDMセグメントを14個以下で連結したもの(タイプBスーパーセグメント)
を連結して(以下、連結OFDMセグメント)構成される。ここで、1セグメントは地上テレビジョン放送のチャンネル帯域幅6MHzを14等分した帯域幅を持つ。また、連結OFDMセグメントには必ず1つ以上のタイプAスーパーセグメントを含む。 The OFDM segment of the digital broadcast transmission signal is
(1) OFDM segment in 13 segment format (type A super segment) compliant with digital terrestrial television broadcasting transmission system
(2) 14 segment or less connected one-segment OFDM segments conforming to the transmission system of digital terrestrial audio broadcasting (Type B super segment)
Are connected (hereinafter referred to as a connected OFDM segment). Here, one segment has a bandwidth obtained by dividing the
デジタル放送が割り当てられる周波数帯において、地上テレビジョン放送と同様に6MHz幅の物理チャンネルを前提とする。この際、各スーパーセグメントの伝送スペクトラムは、いずれか1つの物理チャンネルに配置される。なお、物理チャンネルの周波数位置は、一部帯域を重複して定義される場合もあり得る。この場合、重なり部分の周波数帯幅は6/14MHzの整数倍となる。
Assuming a physical channel of 6 MHz width in the frequency band to which digital broadcasting is allocated, as with terrestrial television broadcasting. At this time, the transmission spectrum of each super segment is arranged in any one physical channel. Note that the frequency position of the physical channel may be defined by overlapping some bands. In this case, the frequency bandwidth of the overlapping portion is an integral multiple of 6/14 MHz.
また、物理チャンネル内の周波数に対し、サブチャンネルを図5に示すように定義する。サブチャンネルは帯域幅1/7MHzの仮想チャンネルであり、6MHzの物理チャンネル帯域幅をチューニングステップ1/7MHz毎に0から41まで番号付けをする。
Also, sub-channels are defined as shown in FIG. 5 for the frequencies in the physical channel. The sub-channel is a virtual channel with a bandwidth of 1/7 MHz, and the physical channel bandwidth of 6 MHz is numbered from 0 to 41 for each tuning step 1/7 MHz.
サブチャンネル番号とセグメントの関係の例を図5に示す。図5には、中心サブチャンネル番号22の1セグメントの例を示している。サブチャンネル21,22,23で1セグメントを構成する。1セグメント形式のうち、サブチャンネル番号 0, 1, 41については物理チャンネルを跨いて配置される。また、13セグメント形式の場合は13セグメントの中心のセグメント(セグメント番号#0)の中心サブチャンネル番号で表すことができる。
Figure 5 shows an example of the relationship between subchannel numbers and segments. FIG. 5 shows an example of one segment of the center subchannel number 22. The subchannels 21, 22, and 23 constitute one segment. Of the one segment format, subchannel numbers 0, 1, and 41 are arranged across physical channels. In the case of the 13 segment format, it can be represented by the center subchannel number of the center segment (segment number # 0) of the 13 segments.
割当周波数帯幅が14.5MHzの場合、連結OFDMセグメントの最大セグメント数は33となるが、この場合、図4に示す物理チャンネルと、スーパーセグメント配置が考えられる。
When the allocated frequency bandwidth is 14.5 MHz, the maximum number of connected OFDM segments is 33. In this case, the physical channel shown in FIG. 4 and super segment arrangement are conceivable.
図4(a)では、"物理チャンネル開始周波数~物理チャンネル終了周波数"として、
物理チャンネル1:204~210MHz
物理チャンネル2:210~216MHz
物理チャンネル3:216~222MHz
であり、
スーパーセグメント1:
タイプB(1セグメント5個)
物理チャンネル1
中心サブチャンネル番号{28,31,34,37,40}(範囲[27-41])
スーパーセグメント2:
タイプB(1セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル2
中心サブチャンネル番号{1}(範囲[0-2])
スーパーセグメント3:
タイプA(13セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル2
中心サブチャンネル番号{22}(範囲[3-41])
スーパーセグメント4:
タイプB(1セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル3
中心サブチャンネル番号{1}(範囲[0-2])
スーパーセグメント5:
タイプA(13セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル3
中心サブチャンネル番号{22}(範囲[3-41])
となる。このとき、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号28の選局周波数となる中心周波数は208MHzであり、同様に、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号31の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(208+3/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号34の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(208+6/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号37の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(209+2/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号40の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(209+5/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(210+1/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント3、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(213+1/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント4、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント5、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(219+1/7)MHz、
となる。すなわち、
[式1]:選局周波数=
(スーパーセグメントの配置される物理チャンネルの開始周波数+中心サブチャンネル番号×1/7)MHz
てある。 In FIG. 4 (a), "Physical channel start frequency to physical channel end frequency"
Physical channel 1: 204-210MHz
Physical channel 2: 210-216MHz
Physical channel 3: 216 to 222 MHz
And
Super segment 1:
Type B (5 pieces per segment)
Physical channel 1
Center subchannel number {28, 31, 34, 37, 40} (range [27-41])
Super segment 2:
Type B (1segment 1 piece)
Physical channel 2
Center subchannel number {1} (range [0-2])
Super segment 3:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Physical channel 2
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
Super segment 4:
Type B (1segment 1 piece)
Physical channel 3
Center subchannel number {1} (range [0-2])
Super segment 5:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Physical channel 3
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
It becomes. At this time,
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency forSuper Segment 1 and center subchannel number 28 is 208 MHz.
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 1 and center subchannel number 31 is (208 + 3/7) MHz.
The center frequency that is the tuning frequency ofsuper segment 1 and center subchannel number 34 is (208 + 6/7) MHz,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency forsuper segment 1 and center subchannel number 37, is (209 + 2/7) MHz.
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency ofSuper Segment 1 and center subchannel number 40 is (209 + 5/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 2 and center subchannel number 1, is (210 + 1/7) MHz,
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 3 and center subchannel number 22 is (213 + 1/7) MHz,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 4 and center subchannel number 1, is (216 + 1/7) MHz,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency forsuper segment 5 and center subchannel number 22, is (219 + 1/7) MHz.
It becomes. That is,
[Formula 1]: Channel selection frequency =
(Start frequency of physical channel where super segment is arranged + center subchannel number x 1/7) MHz
It is.
物理チャンネル1:204~210MHz
物理チャンネル2:210~216MHz
物理チャンネル3:216~222MHz
であり、
スーパーセグメント1:
タイプB(1セグメント5個)
物理チャンネル1
中心サブチャンネル番号{28,31,34,37,40}(範囲[27-41])
スーパーセグメント2:
タイプB(1セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル2
中心サブチャンネル番号{1}(範囲[0-2])
スーパーセグメント3:
タイプA(13セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル2
中心サブチャンネル番号{22}(範囲[3-41])
スーパーセグメント4:
タイプB(1セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル3
中心サブチャンネル番号{1}(範囲[0-2])
スーパーセグメント5:
タイプA(13セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル3
中心サブチャンネル番号{22}(範囲[3-41])
となる。このとき、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号28の選局周波数となる中心周波数は208MHzであり、同様に、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号31の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(208+3/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号34の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(208+6/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号37の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(209+2/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号40の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(209+5/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(210+1/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント3、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(213+1/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント4、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント5、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(219+1/7)MHz、
となる。すなわち、
[式1]:選局周波数=
(スーパーセグメントの配置される物理チャンネルの開始周波数+中心サブチャンネル番号×1/7)MHz
てある。 In FIG. 4 (a), "Physical channel start frequency to physical channel end frequency"
Physical channel 1: 204-210MHz
Physical channel 2: 210-216MHz
Physical channel 3: 216 to 222 MHz
And
Super segment 1:
Type B (5 pieces per segment)
Center subchannel number {28, 31, 34, 37, 40} (range [27-41])
Super segment 2:
Type B (1
Center subchannel number {1} (range [0-2])
Super segment 3:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
Super segment 4:
Type B (1
Center subchannel number {1} (range [0-2])
Super segment 5:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
It becomes. At this time,
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency for
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency that is the tuning frequency of
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for
It becomes. That is,
[Formula 1]: Channel selection frequency =
(Start frequency of physical channel where super segment is arranged + center subchannel number x 1/7) MHz
It is.
また、図4(b)では、
物理チャンネル1:204+(8×6/14)~210+(8×6/14)MHz
物理チャンネル2:210+(8×6/14)~216+(8×6/14)MHz
物理チャンネル3:216~222MHz
であり、
スーパーセグメント1:
タイプA(13セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル1
中心サブチャンネル番号{22}(範囲[3-41])
スーパーセグメント2:
タイプB(1セグメント7個)
物理チャンネル2
中心サブチャンネル番号{1,4,7,10,13,16,19}(範囲[0-20])
スーパーセグメント3:
タイプA(13セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル3
中心サブチャンネル番号{22}(範囲[3-41])
となる。このとき、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(210+4/7)MHzであり、同様に、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(213+4/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 4の選局周波数となる中心周波数は214MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 7の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(214+3/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号10の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(214+6/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号13の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(215+2/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号16の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(215+5/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号19の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント3、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(219+1/7)MHz、
となる。 In FIG. 4 (b)
Physical channel 1: 204+ (8 × 6/14) to 210+ (8 × 6/14) MHz
Physical channel 2: 210+ (8 × 6/14) to 216+ (8 × 6/14) MHz
Physical channel 3: 216 to 222 MHz
And
Super segment 1:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Physical channel 1
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
Super segment 2:
Type B (7 pieces per segment)
Physical channel 2
Center subchannel number {1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19} (range [0-20])
Super segment 3:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Physical channel 3
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
It becomes. At this time,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency forsuper segment 1 and center subchannel number 22, is (210 + 4/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 2 and center subchannel number 1, is (213 + 4/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the tuning frequency ofsuper segment 2 and center subchannel number 4, is 214 MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency forsuper segment 2 and center subchannel number 7, is (214 + 3/7) MHz.
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency forsuper segment 2 and center subchannel number 10 is (214 + 6/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 2 and center subchannel number 13, is (215 + 2/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 2 and center subchannel number 16, is (215 + 5/7) MHz.
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 2 and center subchannel number 19 is (216 + 1/7) MHz,
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency ofsuper segment 3 and center subchannel number 22 is (219 + 1/7) MHz,
It becomes.
物理チャンネル1:204+(8×6/14)~210+(8×6/14)MHz
物理チャンネル2:210+(8×6/14)~216+(8×6/14)MHz
物理チャンネル3:216~222MHz
であり、
スーパーセグメント1:
タイプA(13セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル1
中心サブチャンネル番号{22}(範囲[3-41])
スーパーセグメント2:
タイプB(1セグメント7個)
物理チャンネル2
中心サブチャンネル番号{1,4,7,10,13,16,19}(範囲[0-20])
スーパーセグメント3:
タイプA(13セグメント1個)
物理チャンネル3
中心サブチャンネル番号{22}(範囲[3-41])
となる。このとき、
スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(210+4/7)MHzであり、同様に、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(213+4/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 4の選局周波数となる中心周波数は214MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 7の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(214+3/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号10の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(214+6/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号13の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(215+2/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号16の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(215+5/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号19の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHz、
スーパーセグメント3、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(219+1/7)MHz、
となる。 In FIG. 4 (b)
Physical channel 1: 204+ (8 × 6/14) to 210+ (8 × 6/14) MHz
Physical channel 2: 210+ (8 × 6/14) to 216+ (8 × 6/14) MHz
Physical channel 3: 216 to 222 MHz
And
Super segment 1:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
Super segment 2:
Type B (7 pieces per segment)
Center subchannel number {1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19} (range [0-20])
Super segment 3:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
It becomes. At this time,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency, which is the tuning frequency of
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency for
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of
It becomes.
図4(a)の例では現行のVHFの10、11、12チャンネルの物理チャンネルを使用しているため現行テレビジョン受信装置の選局部と整合性がよい効果がある。図4(b)の例では割当帯域の両端に13セグメント形式を配置しているため割当帯域外からの干渉を受けても周波数インターリーブの効果があるため干渉を受けにくい効果がある。
In the example shown in FIG. 4 (a), the current VHF physical channels 10, 11, and 12 are used, so there is an effect that the channel selection section of the current television receiver is well matched. In the example of FIG. 4B, since the 13-segment format is arranged at both ends of the allocated band, even if interference from outside the allocated band is received, the effect of frequency interleaving is exerted, so that it is difficult to receive interference.
次に図2のデジタル放送送信装置の動作を説明する。
Next, the operation of the digital broadcast transmission apparatus in FIG. 2 will be described.
201はマルチメディア信号発生部、202は13セグメント形式符号化部、203は3セグメント形式符号化部、204は連結フレーム構成部、205は再連結フレーム構成部、206は逆高速フーリエ変換(以下、IFFT)/ガードインターバル付加部、207はアップコンバータ部、208は送信アンプ部、209はアンテナである。
201 is a multimedia signal generation unit, 202 is a 13 segment format encoding unit, 203 is a 3 segment format encoding unit, 204 is a concatenated frame configuration unit, 205 is a reconnection frame configuration unit, and 206 is an inverse fast Fourier transform (hereinafter, IFFT) / guard interval adding unit, 207 is an up-converter unit, 208 is a transmission amplifier unit, and 209 is an antenna.
また、211はRS(リード・ソロモン)符号化部、215は階層分割部、212は変調・符号化部、216は階層合成部、213はインタリーブ部、214はフレーム構成部であり、これらで13セグメント形式符号化部202が構成される。変調・符号化部212はa、b、cの3系統ある。
Also, 211 is an RS (Reed Solomon) encoding unit, 215 is a layer division unit, 212 is a modulation / coding unit, 216 is a layer synthesis unit, 213 is an interleaving unit, and 214 is a frame configuration unit. A segment format encoding unit 202 is configured. The modulation / coding unit 212 includes three systems, a, b, and c.
さらにまた、221はRS(リード・ソロモン)符号化部、222は変調・符号化部、223はインタリーブ部、224はフレーム構成部であり、これらで1セグメント形式符号化部203が構成される。
Furthermore, 221 is an RS (Reed-Solomon) encoding unit, 222 is a modulation / coding unit, 223 is an interleaving unit, and 224 is a frame configuration unit, which constitute a one-segment format encoding unit 203.
図2のデジタル放送送信装置は、13セグメント形式符号化部202がaとbの2系統、1セグメント形式符号化部203がa、b、c、d、e、f、gの7系統、あわせて33セグメント(13×2+7)の連結OFDMセグメントとしている。
In the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of FIG. 2, the 13-segment format encoding unit 202 includes two systems a and b, and the 1-segment format encoding unit 203 includes seven systems a, b, c, d, e, f, and g. 33 segments (13 × 2 + 7) are connected OFDM segments.
変調・符号化部212、222の詳細な構成を図6に示す。
FIG. 6 shows a detailed configuration of the modulation / coding units 212 and 222.
601は前段からの入力、602はエネルギー拡散部、603は遅延補正部、604はバイトインターリーブ部、605は畳み込み符号化部、606はキャリア変調部、607はビットインターリーブ部、608はマッピング部、609は出力であり、キャリア変調部606はビットインターリーブ部607とマッピング部608で構成される。
601 is an input from the previous stage, 602 is an energy spreading unit, 603 is a delay correction unit, 604 is a byte interleaving unit, 605 is a convolutional coding unit, 606 is a carrier modulation unit, 607 is a bit interleaving unit, 608 is a mapping unit, 609 Is an output, and the carrier modulation unit 606 is composed of a bit interleaving unit 607 and a mapping unit 608.
フレーム構成部214、224の詳細な構成を図7に示す。
FIG. 7 shows a detailed configuration of the frame configuration units 214 and 224.
701は前段からの入力、702はパイロット信号構成部、703はTMCC(Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control)信号構成部、704はAC(Auxiliary Channel)信号構成部、705はOFDMフレーム構成部、706は出力である。
701 is an input from the previous stage, 702 is a pilot signal configuration unit, 703 is a TMCC (Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration and Control) signal configuration unit, 704 is an AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal configuration unit, 705 is an OFDM frame configuration unit, and 706 is an output is there.
マルチメディア信号発生部201において、映像信号、音声信号、データがそれぞれ符号化され、それぞれの13セグメント形式符号化部202や1セグメント形式符号化部203に出力するTSが生成される。
In the multimedia signal generation unit 201, the video signal, the audio signal, and the data are each encoded, and TS to be output to the 13 segment format encoding unit 202 and the 1 segment format encoding unit 203 is generated.
まず、13セグメント形式符号化部202の動作説明をする。
First, the operation of the 13 segment format encoding unit 202 will be described.
それぞれのTSはIFFTサンプルクロックの4倍のクロックにより188バイト単位のバースト信号形式に変換され、RS符号化部211でリード・ソロモン外符号が付加される。その後、階層伝送を行う場合には、階層情報の指定に沿って階層分割部215で階層分割され、最大3系統の変調・符号化部212a、b、cに入力される(図6では入力601)。変調・符号化部212a、b、cにおいては、図6を用いて説明すると、入力601から入力された信号は、それぞれ、エネルギー拡散部602によるエネルギー拡散、バイトインターリーブ部604によるバイトインターリーブ、畳み込み符号化部605による畳み込み符号化、ビットインターリーブ部607によるビットインターリーブとマッピング部608によるマッピングを行いキャリア変調部606としてキャリア変調が施され出力609から出力される。また、バイトインターリーブとビットインターリーブの時間軸操作で生じる階層間の遅延時間差に対して予め遅延補正部603により遅延補正を行い、タイミング調整を図っている。畳み込み符号の符号化率、インターリーブ長、キャリア変調方式はそれぞれの階層で独立に設定される。変調・符号化部212a、b、cでの並列処理の後、階層合成部216で階層合成された信号は、移動受信における電界変動やマルチパス妨害に対して、誤り訂正符号化の能力を有効に発揮させるためインターリーブ部213に入力される。インターリーブ部213では時間インターリーブや周波数インターリーブが行なわれる。時間インターリーブの方式は、送受あわせた遅延時間を短縮し受信機のメモリー容量を抑えるため畳み込みインターリーブである。また、周波数インターリーブは、セグメント構造を確保しつつ、十分なインターリーブ効果が発揮できるよう、セグメント間とセグメント内のインターリーブを組み合わせて構成されている。
Each TS is converted into a burst signal format of 188 bytes by a clock four times the IFFT sample clock, and a Reed-Solomon outer code is added by the RS encoder 211. Thereafter, when hierarchical transmission is performed, the hierarchical division unit 215 performs hierarchical division in accordance with the designation of the hierarchical information, and inputs the signals to a maximum of three systems of modulation / coding units 212a, b, and c (input 601 in FIG. 6). ). The modulation / coding units 212a, 212b, and 212c will be described with reference to FIG. 6. Signals input from the input 601 are respectively energy spread by the energy spread unit 602, byte interleave by the byte interleave unit 604, and convolutional code. Then, convolutional coding by the conversion unit 605, bit interleaving by the bit interleaving unit 607, and mapping by the mapping unit 608 are performed, carrier modulation is performed as the carrier modulation unit 606, and output from the output 609. In addition, the delay correction unit 603 performs delay correction on the delay time difference between hierarchies caused by the time axis operation of byte interleaving and bit interleaving in advance to adjust the timing. The coding rate of the convolutional code, the interleave length, and the carrier modulation scheme are set independently in each layer. After parallel processing in the modulation / coding units 212a, 212b, and 212c, the signal layered by the layer combining unit 216 is effective for error correction coding against electric field fluctuations and multipath interference in mobile reception. Is input to the interleaving unit 213 in order to exhibit the above. The interleaving unit 213 performs time interleaving and frequency interleaving. The time interleaving method is convolutional interleaving in order to shorten the combined delay time and reduce the memory capacity of the receiver. In addition, frequency interleaving is configured by combining inter-segment and inter-segment interleaving so that a sufficient interleaving effect can be exhibited while ensuring a segment structure.
インターリーブ部213の出力はフレーム構成部214に入力される(図7では入力701)。フレーム構成部214の動作を図7を用いて説明する。
The output of the interleave unit 213 is input to the frame configuration unit 214 (input 701 in FIG. 7). The operation of the frame configuration unit 214 will be described with reference to FIG.
複数の伝送パラメータが混在する階層伝送に対して、受信機の復調・復号を補助するため、システム識別、伝送パラメータ切替指標、緊急警報放送用起動フラグ、各階層の伝送パラメータなど、受信機の復調動作を円滑に行なうための制御情報としてTMCC(Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control)信号が特定のキャリアを用いて伝送される。また、放送に関する付加情報を伝送するため、特定のキャリアに割り当てられた変調波の伝送制御に関する付加情報や地震動警報情報を伝送するための拡張用信号であるAC(Auxiliary Channel)信号が用いられる。
Demodulation of the receiver, such as system identification, transmission parameter switching index, emergency warning broadcast start flag, transmission parameters of each layer, etc., to assist receiver demodulation / decoding for mixed transmission parameters A TMCC (Transmission-and-Multiplexing-Configuration-Control) signal is transmitted using a specific carrier as control information for smoothly performing the operation. Further, in order to transmit additional information related to broadcasting, an AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal, which is an extension signal for transmitting additional information related to transmission control of modulated waves assigned to a specific carrier and earthquake motion warning information, is used.
OFDMフレーム構成部705では、インターリーブ部213からの情報データ、パイロット信号構成部702からの同期再生用パイロット信号、TMCC構成部703からのTMCC信号、および、AC信号構成部704からのAC信号によりOFDMフレームが構成され、出力706から出力される。このフレーム構成を図8に示す。
In OFDM frame configuration section 705, OFDM is obtained by information data from interleave section 213, pilot signal for synchronous reproduction from pilot signal configuration section 702, TMCC signal from TMCC configuration section 703, and AC signal from AC signal configuration section 704. A frame is constructed and output from output 706. This frame configuration is shown in FIG.
Si,jはインターリーブ後のデータセグメント内のキャリアシンボルを表す。SP(Scattered Pilot)は受信機が準同期検波を行なうための基準パイロットシンボルである。図8に示すとおり、キャリア方向に12キャリアに1回、シンボル方向に4シンボルに1回挿入される。受信側でSPをシンボル方向に補間すれば、3(12/4)キャリア間隔のSPを得ることができる。ガードインターバル長の最大値が有効シンボル長の1/4であることから、3キャリア間隔のSPによる補間処理(伝送路特性推定)により、シンボル間干渉を生じない最大遅延時間までのマルチパスに対応することが可能である。なお、ガードインターバル比が1/4の場合、原理的には4キャリア間隔のSPであればよいが、補間フィルタの特性などを考慮し、シンボル方向には4シンボルに1回挿入されている。
Si, j represents the carrier symbol in the data segment after interleaving. SP (Scattered Pilot) is a reference pilot symbol for the receiver to perform quasi-synchronous detection. As shown in FIG. 8, it is inserted once in 12 carriers in the carrier direction and once in 4 symbols in the symbol direction. If SP is interpolated in the symbol direction on the receiving side, SP of 3 (12/4) carrier interval can be obtained. Since the maximum value of the guard interval length is 1/4 of the effective symbol length, multipath up to the maximum delay time that does not cause intersymbol interference is achieved by interpolation processing (transmission path characteristics estimation) by SP of 3 carrier intervals. Is possible. When the guard interval ratio is 1/4, an SP of 4 carrier intervals may be used in principle, but it is inserted once in 4 symbols in the symbol direction in consideration of the characteristics of the interpolation filter.
図8の例はモード1であるが、モード1のキャリア番号は0から107なのに対して、モード2、モード3 ではそれぞれ、0から215、0から431である。
The example in FIG. 8 is mode 1, but the carrier number in mode 1 is 0 to 107, whereas in mode 2 and mode 3, it is 0 to 215 and 0 to 431, respectively.
AC信号は図8に示すとおり配置され、1キャリア204ビットのデータ量を持つ。また、AC信号は各セグメントごとに、モード1では2本、モード2では4本、モード3では8本、配置される。
The AC signal is arranged as shown in FIG. 8 and has a data amount of 204 bits per carrier. In addition, two AC signals are arranged for each segment in mode 1, four in mode 2, and eight in mode 3.
TMCC信号は図8に示すとおり配置され、1キャリア204ビットのデータ量を持つ。また、TMCC信号は各セグメントごとに、モード1では1本、モード2では2本、モード3では4本、配置される。
TMCC signals are arranged as shown in FIG. 8 and have a data amount of 204 bits per carrier. Further, one TMCC signal is arranged for each segment in mode 1, two in mode 2, and four in mode 3.
フレーム構成を終えた全信号は出力706から出力され、再連結フレーム構成部205に入力される。図2の実施例では2個の13セグメント形式符号化部202a、bがあり、それぞれ再連結フレーム構成部205に入力される。
All signals that have completed the frame configuration are output from the output 706 and input to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205. In the embodiment of FIG. 2, there are two 13-segment format encoding units 202a and 202b, which are input to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205, respectively.
次に、1セグメント形式符号化部203の動作説明をする。
Next, the operation of the one segment format encoding unit 203 will be described.
それぞれのTSはIFFTサンプルクロックの4倍のクロックにより188バイト単位のバースト信号形式に変換され、RS符号化部221でリード・ソロモン外符号が付加される。その後、変調・符号化部222に入力される(図6では入力601)。変調・符号化部222の動作は上記13セグメント形式符号化部202のときに図6を用いて説明したとおりである。設定された畳み込み符号の符号化率、インターリーブ長、キャリア変調方式が用いられる。変調・符号化部222での処理の後、移動受信における電界変動やマルチパス妨害に対して、誤り訂正符号化の能力を有効に発揮させるためインターリーブ部223に入力される。インターリーブ部223では時間インターリーブや周波数インターリーブが行なわれる。時間インターリーブの方式は、送受あわせた遅延時間を短縮し受信機のメモリー容量を抑えるため畳み込みインターリーブである。また、周波数インターリーブは、セグメント構造を確保しつつ、十分なインターリーブ効果が発揮できるよう、セグメント間とセグメント内のインターリーブを組み合わせて構成されている。
Each TS is converted into a burst signal format of 188 bytes by a clock four times the IFFT sample clock, and a Reed-Solomon outer code is added by the RS encoder 221. Thereafter, the signal is input to the modulation / coding unit 222 (input 601 in FIG. 6). The operation of the modulation / coding unit 222 is as described with reference to FIG. 6 in the case of the 13-segment format coding unit 202. The code rate, interleave length, and carrier modulation scheme of the set convolutional code are used. After the processing in the modulation / coding unit 222, the signal is input to the interleaving unit 223 in order to effectively exhibit the error correction coding capability against electric field fluctuation and multipath interference in mobile reception. Interleaving section 223 performs time interleaving and frequency interleaving. The time interleaving method is convolutional interleaving in order to shorten the combined delay time and reduce the memory capacity of the receiver. In addition, frequency interleaving is configured by combining inter-segment and inter-segment interleaving so that a sufficient interleaving effect can be exhibited while ensuring a segment structure.
インターリーブ部223の出力はフレーム構成部224に入力される(図7では入力701)。フレーム構成部224の動作は上記13セグメント形式符号化部202のときに図7を用いて説明したとおりである。
The output of the interleave unit 223 is input to the frame configuration unit 224 (input 701 in FIG. 7). The operation of the frame configuration unit 224 is as described with reference to FIG. 7 in the case of the 13 segment format encoding unit 202.
フレーム構成を終えた全信号は連結フレーム構成部204に入力される。図2の実施例では7個の1セグメント形式符号化部203a、b、c、d、e、f、gがあり、それぞれ連結フレーム構成部204に入力される。
全 All signals that have completed the frame configuration are input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204. In the embodiment of FIG. 2, there are seven 1-segment format encoding sections 203a, b, c, d, e, f, and g, which are input to the concatenated frame configuration section 204, respectively.
ここで、図4のセグメント構成と対比すると、
図4(a)では、例えば、
スーパーセグメント1:タイプB(1セグメント5個)のそれぞれのセグメントは203a[TS2]、b[TS3]、c[TS4]、d[TS5]、e[TS6]のそれぞれのブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部204で連結され、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。 Here, in contrast to the segment configuration of FIG.
In FIG. 4 (a), for example,
Super segment 1: Each segment of type B (5 segments) is assigned to each block of 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6] and connected. The frames are connected by theframe configuration unit 204 and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
図4(a)では、例えば、
スーパーセグメント1:タイプB(1セグメント5個)のそれぞれのセグメントは203a[TS2]、b[TS3]、c[TS4]、d[TS5]、e[TS6]のそれぞれのブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部204で連結され、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。 Here, in contrast to the segment configuration of FIG.
In FIG. 4 (a), for example,
Super segment 1: Each segment of type B (5 segments) is assigned to each block of 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6] and connected. The frames are connected by the
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント1個)のセグメントは203f[TS7]のブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部204に入力され、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。
Super segment 2: A segment of type B (one segment) is assigned to a block 203f [TS7], is input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは202a[TS1]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。
Super segment 3: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202a [TS1] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
スーパーセグメント4:タイプB(1セグメント1個)のセグメントは203g[TS8]のブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部204に入力され、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。
Super segment 4: A segment of type B (one segment) is assigned to a block of 203g [TS8], is input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
スーパーセグメント5:タイプA(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは202b[TS9]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。
Super segment 5: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202b [TS9] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
図4(b)では、
スーパーセグメント1:タイプA(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは202a[TS1]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。 In FIG. 4B,
Super segment 1: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are assigned to theblock 202a [TS1] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
スーパーセグメント1:タイプA(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは202a[TS1]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。 In FIG. 4B,
Super segment 1: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are assigned to the
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント7個)のそれぞれのセグメントは203a[TS2]、b[TS3]、c[TS4]、d[TS5]、e[TS6]、f[TS7]、g[TS8]のそれぞれのブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部204で連結され、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。
Super segment 2: Each segment of type B (7 segments per segment) is 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6], f [TS7], g [TS8 ] Are concatenated by the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは202b[TS9]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力される。
Super segment 3: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202b [TS9] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
[]内は13セグメント形式符号化部202、1セグメント形式符号化部203それぞれに入力されるTSの番号である。また、1セグメント形式の場合、サブチャンネルとTS番号を関連つけることができる。
[] Is the TS number input to each of the 13-segment format encoding unit 202 and the 1-segment format encoding unit 203. In the case of the one segment format, the subchannel and the TS number can be associated with each other.
連結フレーム構成部204は、図4(a)の例ではスーパーセグメント1を1セグメント形式のOFDMセグメント203a、b、c、d、eの出力5個を連結して構成し、スーパーセグメント2を1セグメント形式のOFDMセグメント203f出力1個で構成し、スーパーセグメント4を1セグメント形式のOFDMセグメント203g出力1個で構成し、それぞれタイプBのスーパーセグメントとし、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力する。
In the example of FIG. 4A, the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 configures super segment 1 by concatenating five outputs of OFDM segments 203a, b, c, d, and e in one segment format. It is composed of one segment-format OFDM segment 203f output, super segment 4 is composed of one segment-format OFDM segment 203g output, each of which is a type B super segment, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration section 205.
連結フレーム構成部204は、図4(b)の例ではスーパーセグメント2を1セグメント形式のOFDMセグメント203a、b、c、d、e、f、gの出力7個を連結して構成し、タイプBのスーパーセグメントとし、再連結フレーム構成部205に出力する。
In the example of FIG. 4B, the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 configures the super segment 2 by concatenating seven outputs of OFDM segments 203a, b, c, d, e, f, and g in one segment format. The super segment of B is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
13セグメント形式符号化部202a、bの出力はタイプAのスーパーセグメントであり、それぞれ再連結フレーム構成部205に出力する。
The outputs of the 13 segment format encoding units 202a and 202b are type A super segments, which are output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205, respectively.
再連結フレーム構成部205は上記タイプAのスーパーセグメント、タイプBのスーパーセグメントが入力され、それらのスーパーセグメントを連結し、連結OFDMセグメントとする。スーパーセグメントを連結する際に、中心周波数差に対する位相補償およびパイロット変調位相の不整合に対する位相補正を行う。
The reconnection frame configuration unit 205 receives the above type A super segment and type B super segment and concatenates these super segments to form a concatenated OFDM segment. When the super segments are connected, phase compensation for the center frequency difference and phase correction for pilot modulation phase mismatch are performed.
IFFT/ガードインターバル付加部206では再連結フレーム構成部205の出力信号である連結OFDMセグメントがIFFT演算によりOFDM信号に変換され、ガードインターバルが付加されてOFDM送信信号に変換される。そして、アップコンバータ部207で決められた周波数のデジタル放送送信信号に変換され、送信アンプ部208で電力増幅されて、アンテナ209で送信される。
The IFFT / guard interval adding unit 206 converts the concatenated OFDM segment, which is an output signal of the reconcatenated frame configuration unit 205, into an OFDM signal by IFFT calculation, adds a guard interval, and converts it into an OFDM transmission signal. Then, it is converted into a digital broadcast transmission signal having a frequency determined by up-converter unit 207, power amplified by transmission amplifier unit 208, and transmitted by antenna 209.
本デジタル放送送信信号は、連結OFDMセグメントを一括でIFFT/ガードインターバル付加処理して生成される。ここで、13セグメント形式部分は最大3階層(内、1セグメントを部分受信可)まで分割し、階層毎に畳み込み符号の符号化率、インターリーブ長、キャリア変調方式等を独立に設定を可能とする。1セグメント形式部分についても、セグメント毎に畳み込み符号の符号化率、インターリーブ長、キャリア変調方式等の設定を可能とする。図2の例の場合のスーパーセグメント構成に対応したデジタル放送送信装置は、9系統の伝送路符号化処理を並列して行う。
This digital broadcast transmission signal is generated by collectively processing IFDM / guard intervals on connected OFDM segments. Here, the 13-segment format part is divided into a maximum of 3 layers (including 1 segment can be partially received), and the convolutional code coding rate, interleave length, carrier modulation method, etc. can be set independently for each layer. . For the one-segment format portion, the convolutional code coding rate, interleave length, carrier modulation scheme, etc. can be set for each segment. The digital broadcast transmitting apparatus corresponding to the super segment configuration in the example of FIG. 2 performs nine transmission path encoding processes in parallel.
本デジタル放送送信方法の連結送信は、複数のセグメント(13セグメント形式、および1セグメント形式)をガードバンドなしに同一送信点から送信することをいう。なお、連結送信時におけるパラメータの制限事項を以下に示す。
(1)モードを同一とする
連結送信ではOFDMシンボル同期をお互いに取る必要があることから、シンボル長の異なるモードを混在させることはできない。
(2)ガードインターバル長を同一とする
上記(1)と同じ理由により、異なるガードインターバルを使用するとOFDMシンボル長が異なるため、混在させることはできない。
(3)タイプAスーパーセグメントの数は1以上とする
デジタル放送送信方法では、複数セグメントの連結が可能なようにOFDMセグメントのキャリア構成を構造化することにより、サービスに適した帯域幅や伝送特性に柔軟に対応すると共に、地上デジタルテレビジョン方式、及び、地上デジタル音声方式との相互運用、ハードウェア、ソフトウェアリソースの共用化を可能としている。 The concatenated transmission of this digital broadcast transmission method refers to transmitting a plurality of segments (13 segment format and 1 segment format) from the same transmission point without a guard band. In addition, the restrictions of parameters at the time of concatenated transmission are shown below.
(1) Modes are the same In concatenated transmission, it is necessary to synchronize OFDM symbols with each other, so modes with different symbol lengths cannot be mixed.
(2) Keeping the guard interval length the same For the same reason as in (1) above, if different guard intervals are used, the OFDM symbol lengths will be different, so they cannot be mixed.
(3) The number of Type A super segments shall be one or more. In the digital broadcast transmission method, the structure of the OFDM segment carrier structure so that multiple segments can be connected, and the bandwidth and transmission characteristics suitable for the service. And terrestrial digital television system and terrestrial digital audio system can be interoperable, and hardware and software resources can be shared.
(1)モードを同一とする
連結送信ではOFDMシンボル同期をお互いに取る必要があることから、シンボル長の異なるモードを混在させることはできない。
(2)ガードインターバル長を同一とする
上記(1)と同じ理由により、異なるガードインターバルを使用するとOFDMシンボル長が異なるため、混在させることはできない。
(3)タイプAスーパーセグメントの数は1以上とする
デジタル放送送信方法では、複数セグメントの連結が可能なようにOFDMセグメントのキャリア構成を構造化することにより、サービスに適した帯域幅や伝送特性に柔軟に対応すると共に、地上デジタルテレビジョン方式、及び、地上デジタル音声方式との相互運用、ハードウェア、ソフトウェアリソースの共用化を可能としている。 The concatenated transmission of this digital broadcast transmission method refers to transmitting a plurality of segments (13 segment format and 1 segment format) from the same transmission point without a guard band. In addition, the restrictions of parameters at the time of concatenated transmission are shown below.
(1) Modes are the same In concatenated transmission, it is necessary to synchronize OFDM symbols with each other, so modes with different symbol lengths cannot be mixed.
(2) Keeping the guard interval length the same For the same reason as in (1) above, if different guard intervals are used, the OFDM symbol lengths will be different, so they cannot be mixed.
(3) The number of Type A super segments shall be one or more. In the digital broadcast transmission method, the structure of the OFDM segment carrier structure so that multiple segments can be connected, and the bandwidth and transmission characteristics suitable for the service. And terrestrial digital television system and terrestrial digital audio system can be interoperable, and hardware and software resources can be shared.
次に、図9から図15を用い、TMCC信号構成部703で構成されるTMCC信号の構成を説明する。
Next, the configuration of the TMCC signal configured by the TMCC signal configuration unit 703 will be described with reference to FIGS.
図9はTMCCの信号構成(TMCCキャリアのビット割り当て)を示す。TMCC信号は、階層構成や各OFDMセグメントの伝送パラメータ等、受信機の復調動作に関わる情報を伝送するものである。TMCC信号のビット割付は、地上デジタルテレビジョン放送および地上デジタル音声放送と同様とした。これは、TMCC信号の復号処理を容易にし、受信機の負担を軽減させるためである。
FIG. 9 shows the TMCC signal configuration (TMCC carrier bit allocation). The TMCC signal is used to transmit information related to the demodulation operation of the receiver, such as a hierarchical configuration and transmission parameters of each OFDM segment. TMCC signal bit assignment was the same as that for terrestrial digital television broadcasting and terrestrial digital audio broadcasting. This is to facilitate the TMCC signal decoding process and reduce the burden on the receiver.
差動復調の基準は1ビットであり、振幅及び位相基準を規定する。
The differential demodulation standard is 1 bit and specifies the amplitude and phase standards.
同期信号は、16ビットのワードで構成される。同期信号には、w0=0011010111101110とそれをビット反転したw1=1100101000010001の2種類あり、フレーム毎にw0とw1が交互に送出される。同期信号は、TMCC信号の同期及びOFDMのフレーム同期を確立するために用いられる。TMCC情報のビットパターンが同期信号に一致して生じる疑似同期引き込み現象を防ぐために、フレーム毎に同期信号の極性反転が行われる。TMCC情報はフレーム毎に反転することはないので、フレーム毎の反転により疑似同期引き込みを避けることができる。
The synchronization signal consists of a 16-bit word. There are two types of synchronization signals, w0 = 0011010111101110 and w1 = 1100101000010001 obtained by bit-inversion thereof, and w0 and w1 are alternately transmitted for each frame. The synchronization signal is used to establish synchronization of the TMCC signal and OFDM frame synchronization. In order to prevent the pseudo synchronization pull-in phenomenon that occurs when the bit pattern of the TMCC information coincides with the synchronization signal, the polarity of the synchronization signal is inverted for each frame. Since the TMCC information is not inverted every frame, pseudo synchronization pull-in can be avoided by inversion every frame.
セグメント形式識別は、そのセグメントが差動変調部であるか同期変調部であるかを識別するための信号である。3 ビットのワードで構成され、差動変調部の場合には‘111’、同期変調部の場合には‘000’が割り当てられる。TMCCキャリア数はセグメント形式によって異なり、部分受信セグメントが同期変調部に属する場合、1本のみとなる。この場合でも確実な復号が可能なように、識別信号に3ビットを割り当て、符号間距離が最大となる反転信号としている。
The segment format identification is a signal for identifying whether the segment is a differential modulation unit or a synchronous modulation unit. It is composed of 3 -bit words, and is assigned “111” in the case of the differential modulation unit and “000” in the case of the synchronous modulation unit. The number of TMCC carriers varies depending on the segment format. When the partial reception segment belongs to the synchronous modulation unit, there is only one TMCC carrier. Even in this case, 3 bits are assigned to the identification signal so that reliable decoding is possible, and the inverted signal has the maximum intersymbol distance.
TMCC情報のビット割り当てを図10に示す。
Figure 10 shows the bit assignment of TMCC information.
TMCC情報は、システム識別、伝送パラメータ切り替え指標、緊急警報放送用起動フラグ、カレント情報、ネクスト情報など、受信機の復調と復号動作を補助する情報である。102ビットあるTMCC情報のうち、現在90ビットを定義しているが、残りの12ビットは将来の拡張用としてリザーブする。このリザーブビットには、すべて「1」をスタッフィングする。なお、1セグメント形式のB階層及びC階層に関しては、13セグメント形式との互換性を保つため、ビット割付上は確保することとする。但し、後述する通り、未使用の階層を意味する情報を割り付けるものとする。
TMCC information is information that assists the demodulation and decoding operations of the receiver, such as system identification, transmission parameter switching index, emergency warning broadcast activation flag, current information, and next information. Of the 102 bits of TMCC information, 90 bits are currently defined, but the remaining 12 bits are reserved for future expansion. All the reserved bits are stuffed with “1”. Note that the B and C hierarchies of the 1-segment format are reserved for bit allocation in order to maintain compatibility with the 13-segment format. However, as will be described later, information indicating an unused hierarchy is assigned.
システム識別の説明を図11に示す。
The explanation of system identification is shown in FIG.
システム識別用の信号に2ビット割り当てる。地上デジタルテレビジョン放送システムと互換の13セグメント形式は‘00’、地上デジタル音声放送システムと互換の1セグメント形式には‘01’とする。残りの値はリザーブとする。
2 bits are assigned to the system identification signal. The 13-segment format compatible with the digital terrestrial television broadcasting system is '00', and the 1-segment format compatible with the digital terrestrial audio broadcasting system is '01'. The remaining values are reserved.
カレント情報は現在の階層構成及び伝送パラメータを示し、ネクスト情報には切り替え後の伝送パラメータを示し、これらを同時に送るようにしている。これは、カウントダウン中に受信機の電源が投入された場合やチャンネル切り替えを行った場合を想定し、カレント情報を用いることで受信機のレスポンスを向上させることを目的としている。
The current information indicates the current layer configuration and transmission parameters, and the next information indicates the transmission parameters after switching, and these are sent simultaneously. This is intended to improve the response of the receiver by using current information, assuming that the receiver is powered on or the channel is switched during the countdown.
カレント情報並びにネクスト情報に含まれる後述する伝送パラメータ情報及びフラグ(部分受信フラグ、キャリア変調方式、畳込み符号化率、インターリーブ長、セグメント数)のいずれか一つ以上を切り替える場合には、4ビットの伝送パラメータ切り替え指標をカウントダウンする。後述する緊急警報放送用起動フラグまたは連結送信位相補正量のみを切り替える場合には、伝送パラメータ切り替え指標のカウントダウンは行わない。伝送パラメータ切り替え指標をカウントダウンすることにより、受信機に切り替えを通知しタイミングが取られる。この指標は、通常、‘1111’の値を取るが、伝送パラメータを切り替える場合には、切り替える15フレーム前からフレーム毎に1ずつ減算する。なお、‘0000’の次は、‘1111’に戻るものとする。切り替えタイミングは、‘0000’を送出する次のフレーム同期とする。すなわち、新たな伝送パラメータは、‘1111’に戻ったフレームから適用する。ネクスト情報は、切り替えカウントダウン前において任意の時刻に設定、或いは変更ができるが、カウントダウン中は変更できない。
4 bits for switching one or more of transmission parameter information and flags (partial reception flag, carrier modulation scheme, convolutional coding rate, interleave length, number of segments) described later included in the current information and next information The transmission parameter switching index is counted down. When only the emergency warning broadcast activation flag or the linked transmission phase correction amount, which will be described later, is switched, the transmission parameter switching index is not counted down. By counting down the transmission parameter switching index, the receiver is notified of the switching and the timing is taken. This index usually takes a value of ‘1111’, but when the transmission parameter is switched, 1 is subtracted for each frame from 15 frames before the switching. It should be noted that after “0000”, it returns to “1111”. The switching timing is the next frame synchronization for sending “0000”. That is, the new transmission parameter is applied from the frame returned to ‘1111’. The next information can be set or changed at an arbitrary time before the switching countdown, but cannot be changed during the countdown.
緊急警報放送用起動フラグの割り当てを図12に示す。緊急警報放送において、受信機への起動制御が行われている場合には起動フラグを‘1’とし、起動制御が行われていない場合には起動フラグを‘0’とする。
Fig. 12 shows the allocation of emergency warning broadcast activation flags. In emergency alert broadcasting, the activation flag is set to '1' when activation control for the receiver is performed, and the activation flag is set to '0' when activation control is not performed.
部分受信フラグの説明を図13に示す。
The explanation of the partial reception flag is shown in FIG.
部分受信フラグは、13セグメント形式において、伝送帯域中央のセグメント(セグメントNo.0)が部分受信用に設定される場合には‘1’に、そうでない場合には‘0’に設定される。セグメントNo.0が部分受信用に設定される場合、その階層は図10中のA階層として規定される。なお、1セグメント形式の場合、フラグは‘0’に設定される。これは、地上デジタル音声方式がこのフラグを形式識別フラグとしており、1セグメント形式の場合には‘0’、3セグメント形式の場合には‘1’としていることと整合している。また、ネクスト情報が存在しない場合、フラグは‘1’に設定される。
The partial reception flag is set to ‘1’ when the segment (segment No. 0) at the center of the transmission band is set for partial reception in the 13-segment format, and is set to ‘0’ otherwise. When segment No. 0 is set for partial reception, the layer is defined as layer A in FIG. In the case of the one segment format, the flag is set to “0”. This is consistent with the fact that the digital terrestrial audio system uses this flag as a format identification flag, which is ‘0’ for the 1-segment format and ‘1’ for the 3-segment format. If there is no next information, the flag is set to ‘1’.
カレント/ネクスト情報に含まれる伝送パラメータ情報を図14に示す。伝送パラメータ情報において未使用の階層、又はネクスト情報が存在しない場合はそれらのビットを‘1’とする。
FIG. 14 shows transmission parameter information included in the current / next information. If there is no unused layer or next information in the transmission parameter information, those bits are set to ‘1’.
連結送信位相補正量の説明を図15に示す。
FIG. 15 shows an explanation of the connected transmission phase correction amount.
連結送信において、受信するセグメントが上隣接セグメントの下端キャリアを基準信号として利用する場合、当該キャリアの位相をシンボル毎に補正するために使用する。連結送信でない場合も含め、位相補正がない場合は‘111’とする。
In concatenated transmission, when a received segment uses the lower end carrier of the upper adjacent segment as a reference signal, it is used to correct the phase of the carrier for each symbol. If there is no phase correction, including the case of no concatenated transmission, “111” is set.
TMCC情報B20~B121は、差集合巡回符号(273,191)の短縮符号(184,102)で誤り訂正符号化される。TMCC情報は、伝送パラメータの指定や受信機の制御を行うため、データ信号より高い伝送信頼性が必要である。受信機で連接符号の復号回路を共用することが難しいこと、また、処理遅延の観点からブロック符号が有利なことを考慮し、TMCCの誤り訂正符号は差集合巡回符号(273,191)の短縮符号(184,102)である。また、TMCC信号は複数のキャリアで伝送されるため、信号をアナログ加算することにより所要C/Nを下げ、受信性能を向上させることが可能である。これらの誤り訂正技術と加算処理により、TMCC信号はデータ信号より小さなC/Nで受信可能となる。なお、全てのTMCC情報でパリティビットを同じにするため、同期信号とセグメント形式識別の情報を誤り訂正の対象から外し、複数のTMCCキャリアの全ビットを同一にして、パリティビットを含めたビット毎の多数決を可能にしている。
TMCC information B20 to B121 is error-correction-encoded with a shortened code (184,102) of the difference set cyclic code (273,191). TMCC information requires transmission reliability higher than that of a data signal in order to specify transmission parameters and control a receiver. Considering that it is difficult to share the decoding circuit of the concatenated code in the receiver and that the block code is advantageous from the viewpoint of processing delay, the error correction code of TMCC is a shortened code of the difference set cyclic code (273,191) ( 184,102). Further, since the TMCC signal is transmitted by a plurality of carriers, it is possible to reduce the required C / N and improve the reception performance by analog addition of the signals. With these error correction techniques and addition processing, the TMCC signal can be received with a smaller C / N than the data signal. In order to make the parity bits the same in all TMCC information, the synchronization signal and the segment format identification information are excluded from the error correction target, all the bits of the plurality of TMCC carriers are made the same, and each bit including the parity bits is included. Enables majority vote.
図16に図2のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービスの一実施例を示す。
FIG. 16 shows an embodiment of a service of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of FIG.
1601はプッシュキャスト放送、1602はプッシュキャスト放送とリアルタイム放送の混在放送、1603はリアルタイム放送、1604はパイロット放送である。
1601 is a pushcast broadcast, 1602 is a mixed broadcast of pushcast broadcast and real-time broadcast, 1603 is real-time broadcast, and 1604 is pilot broadcast.
プッシュキャスト放送1601とは非時間依存型のファイル型コンテンツが自動的にダウンロードされるサービスである。例えば、電子新聞、音楽、スポーツクリップ、ニュースクリップ、ショッピング、生活情報、グルメ雑誌、料理情報、語学、ドラマ、映画などが考えられる。また、いろいろな情報を検索することができる情報アドレスとリンクしたメニュー(図16ではWEBと記載)が考えられる。プッシュキャスト放送では事前にコンテンツを配信し、ユーザの都合のよい時間で見れるのが特徴である。
Pushcast broadcast 1601 is a service in which non-time-dependent file-type content is automatically downloaded. For example, electronic newspapers, music, sports clips, news clips, shopping, lifestyle information, gourmet magazines, cooking information, languages, dramas, movies, etc. can be considered. In addition, a menu linked to an information address (in FIG. 16, described as WEB) that can search for various types of information can be considered. The feature of pushcast broadcasting is that content can be distributed in advance and viewed at a time convenient for the user.
リアルタイム放送1603はストリーム型の放送で、「今見ること」が重要な番組が提供される。例えば、ニュース、天気予報、スポーツなどである。ショッピングや教育、プレミアム番組をリアルタイム放送してもよい。
Real-time broadcast 1603 is a stream-type broadcast, and a program in which “watching now” is important is provided. For example, news, weather forecast, sports, etc. You may broadcast shopping, education, and premium programs in real time.
混在放送1602とは時間により時間によりリアルタイム放送とプッシュキャスト放送を混在させた放送である。
Mixed broadcast 1602 is a broadcast in which real-time broadcast and pushcast broadcast are mixed according to time.
パイロット放送1604はプッシュキャスト放送1601、混在放送1602、リアルタイム放送1603のサービス全体をナビゲートするものである。また、どのサービスがどのスーパーセグメントのどのサブチャンネル、あるいは、どのTSで伝送されているかを示す。従って、パイロット放送1604をどの周波数配置で送るかはあらかじめ決めておく必要がある。
Pilot broadcast 1604 navigates the entire service of pushcast broadcast 1601, mixed broadcast 1602, and real-time broadcast 1603. It also indicates which service is transmitted on which subchannel or which TS of which super segment. Therefore, it is necessary to determine in advance which frequency arrangement the pilot broadcast 1604 is sent.
図17は本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。図17は図4で説明したセグメント構成例であり、図17(a)において1701はパイロットセグメント、図17(b)において1702はパイロットセグメントである。
FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 17 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4. In FIG. 17A, 1701 is a pilot segment, and in FIG. 17B, 1702 is a pilot segment.
パイロットセグメントはパイロット放送を伝送するセグメントであり、1セグメント形式のセグメント、または13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメントとする。図17(a)の例では[スーパーセグメント4、中心サブチャンネル番号 1]のセグメントであり、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzである。図17(b)の例では[スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号10]のセグメントであり、中心周波数は(214+6/7)MHzである。この周波数配置は図17の例ではこの位置に決められている。
The pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment. In the example of FIG. 17 (a), the segment is [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz. In the example of FIG. 17B, it is a segment of [super segment 2, center subchannel number 10], and the center frequency is (214 + 6/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
また、図16のサービスをスーパーセグメントに割り当てる例として、例えば図17(a)の場合は以下とする。
Further, as an example of assigning the service of FIG. 16 to the super segment, for example, in the case of FIG.
スーパーセグメント1:タイプB(1セグメント5個)にリアルタイム放送1603の5個の番組をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、例えば、TS2をニュース、TS3を天気、TS4をショッピング、TS5をスポーツ、TS6を教育とする。
Super segment 1: Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcast 1603 to each segment format, for example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sport, TS6 is Education.
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント1個)にリアルタイム放送1603の1個の番組を1セグメント形式に割り当て、TS7をプレミアムとする。
Super segment 2: One program of real-time broadcast 1603 is assigned to type B (one segment) to one segment format, and TS7 is made premium.
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送1601を割り当て、TS1とする。
Super segment 3: Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and TS1.
スーパーセグメント4:タイプB(1セグメント1個)にパイロット放送1604をパイロットセグメントとして割り当て、TS8とする。
Super segment 4: Pilot broadcast 1604 is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment, and TS8 is set.
スーパーセグメント5:タイプA(13セグメント1個)に混在放送1602を割り当て、TS9とする。
Super segment 5: Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
また図17(b)の場合は以下とする。
In the case of FIG.
スーパーセグメント1:タイプA(13セグメント1個)に混在放送1602を割り当て、TS1とする。
Super segment 1: Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS1 is set.
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント7個)にリアルタイム放送1603の6個の番組と、パイロットセグメントとしてパイロット放送1604をそれぞれ1セグメント形式に割り当て、例えば、TS2をニュース、TS3を天気、TS4をショッピング、TS5をパイロット放送1604、TS6をスポーツ、TS7を教育、TS8をプレミアムとする。
Super segment 2: Type B (seven segments) type 6 (real-time broadcast 1603) programs and pilot broadcasts 1604 as pilot segments are all assigned to one segment format. For example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping TS5 is pilot broadcast 1604, TS6 is sport, TS7 is education, and TS8 is premium.
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送1601を割り当て、TS9とする。
Super segment 3: Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and is TS9.
なお、この割り当ては図2のマルチメディア信号発生部201で行なわれる。
This assignment is performed by the multimedia signal generation unit 201 in FIG.
図17(a)の例では1セグメント形式1個のタイプBスーパーセグメントをパイロットセグメントとし、図17(b)の例では1セグメント形式7個連結のタイプBスーパーセグメントのなかの一つのセグメントをパイロットセグメントとしている。したがって、図17(a)の例ではスーパーセグメント単位に処理を行う場合に適しており、図17(b)の例ではTS単位で処理を行う場合に適している特徴がある。
In the example of FIG. 17 (a), one type B super segment of one segment type is used as a pilot segment, and in the example of FIG. 17 (b), one segment among seven type B super segments connected in one segment type is used as a pilot. It is a segment. Therefore, the example of FIG. 17A is suitable when processing is performed in units of super segments, and the example of FIG. 17B has characteristics that are suitable when processing is performed in units of TS.
図18はパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報の一例である番組情報の構成例である。番組情報には、その番組を表す番組識別、その番組がリアルタイム放送なのかプッシュキャスト放送なのかパイロット放送なのかを示す放送種類、それが放送される日時、そして、その番組を放送する事業者を表す事業者識別がある。さらにその番組を受信側で選局するために、どのセグメントで送られているかを示す情報が必要である。前記[式1]で示したように、スーパーセグメントの配置される物理チャンネルの開始周波数と中心サブチャンネル番号がわかれば送られてきているセグメントの中心周波数は確定する。さらに、受信側ではそのセグメントが13セグメント形式か1セグメント形式かのスーパーセグメント種類の情報が必要である。
FIG. 18 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting. The program information includes the program identification representing the program, the broadcast type indicating whether the program is real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, or pilot broadcast, the date and time when it is broadcast, and the provider that broadcasts the program. There is an operator identification that represents. Furthermore, in order to select the program on the receiving side, information indicating which segment is being transmitted is necessary. As shown in [Formula 1], the center frequency of the segment being sent is determined if the start frequency and center subchannel number of the physical channel in which the super segment is arranged are known. In addition, the receiving side needs information on the super segment type whether the segment is a 13-segment format or a 1-segment format.
図18(a)は番組情報を[日時、番組識別、放送種類、事業者識別、スーパーセグメント番号、スーパーセグメント種類、物理チャンネル、中心サブチャンネル]とする。物理チャンネルは図17(a)や図17(b)のようにあらかじめ決まっていれば物理チャンネル番号のみを示すだけでいい。もちろん、物理チャンネルの周波数そのものや、物理チャンネルの開始の周波数または終了の周波数だけを示してもよい。物理チャンネルの帯域幅は6MHzと決まっているからである。
In FIG. 18 (a), the program information is [date / time, program identification, broadcast type, operator identification, super segment number, super segment type, physical channel, central subchannel]. If the physical channel is predetermined as shown in FIGS. 17 (a) and 17 (b), only the physical channel number need be indicated. Of course, only the frequency of the physical channel itself or the start frequency or the end frequency of the physical channel may be indicated. This is because the bandwidth of the physical channel is determined to be 6 MHz.
図18ではスーパーセグメント種類をタイプA、タイプBと示すだけでなく、タイプAの場合はこの番組が部分受信階層に入っているかどうかを示す部分受信フラグを設け、また、タイプBの場合は1セグメント形式の連結数も示す。
In FIG. 18, not only the super segment types are indicated as type A and type B, but in the case of type A, a partial reception flag indicating whether or not this program is in the partial reception layer is provided. The number of segments connected is also shown.
部分受信フラグを見ることで、選局してTMCC情報をみなくても、この番組が後述する1セグメント形式の受信機で受信可能かどうか判断できる効果がある。
By looking at the partial reception flag, there is an effect that it is possible to determine whether or not this program can be received by a one-segment receiver described later without selecting a channel and viewing the TMCC information.
また、タイプBの場合は1セグメント形式の連結数を示すことで1セグメント形式のスーパーセグメント構成が確認でき、スーパーセグメント番号でスーパーセグメント構成を確定できる効果がある。
Also, in the case of Type B, the super segment configuration in one segment format can be confirmed by indicating the number of connections in one segment format, and the super segment configuration can be determined by the super segment number.
さらにまた、放送種類に"パイロット"を有することで、パイロットセグメント以外に番組宣伝などのパイロット放送を行うことができる。
Furthermore, by having “pilot” as the broadcast type, pilot broadcasts such as program advertisements can be performed in addition to the pilot segment.
図18(a)の例では、番組情報を抽出するだけでその番組が送られているセグメントの中心周波数やスーパーセグメント構成を求めることができる効果がある。
In the example of FIG. 18 (a), there is an effect that the center frequency and super segment configuration of the segment to which the program is transmitted can be obtained only by extracting the program information.
図18(b)は図18(a)のスーパーセグメント番号、スーパーセグメント種類、物理チャンネル、サブチャンネルのかわりにTS番号を番組情報として送るようにしたものである。図2で説明したように、TS番号はスーパーセグメント番号、スーパーセグメント種類、サブチャンネルで表すことができ、また、物理チャンネルの開始周波数と中心サブチャンネル番号で中心周波数を確定できる。別情報としてこのTS情報をパイロット情報として伝送する。
FIG. 18 (b) is such that the TS number is sent as program information instead of the super segment number, super segment type, physical channel, and subchannel of FIG. 18 (a). As described with reference to FIG. 2, the TS number can be represented by a super segment number, a super segment type, and a subchannel, and the center frequency can be determined by the start frequency of the physical channel and the center subchannel number. As another information, this TS information is transmitted as pilot information.
図18(b)の例ではTS番号と、番組識別および事業者識別を関連付けることが容易であり、特にTSごとに事業者を割り当てる場合に便利である。
In the example of FIG. 18 (b), it is easy to associate the TS number with the program identification and the operator identification, which is particularly convenient when assigning an operator for each TS.
図18(c)は番組情報に直接受信側での選局周波数を示したものである。選局周波数とスーパーセグメント種類がわかれば後述する受信機で受信可能かどうか判断できる。
FIG. 18 (c) shows the channel selection frequency on the receiving side directly in the program information. If the channel selection frequency and the super segment type are known, it can be determined whether or not reception is possible with a receiver described later.
図18(c)の例では番組情報を見るだけで、直接番組を受信機が選局でき、選局動作が容易となる効果がある。
In the example of FIG. 18 (c), the receiver can tune directly to the program simply by looking at the program information, and the channel selection operation is easy.
また、図18のパイロット情報の送り方をすれば、スーパーセグメント構成がある日時から変わることになるとしても、ある日時からの番組情報の設定をスーパーセグメント構成が変更した内容に追従して変更すれば、受信機側がスーパーセグメント構成の変更を意識することがなく受信することができる効果がある。ただし、パイロットセグメントの位置(周波数配置)は変更してはいけない。
Also, if the pilot information shown in FIG. 18 is sent, even if the super segment configuration changes from a certain date and time, the program information setting from a certain date and time can be changed to follow the contents of the change in the super segment configuration. For example, there is an effect that the receiver side can receive without being aware of the change of the super segment configuration. However, the position (frequency arrangement) of the pilot segment should not be changed.
図19に本発明に係る実施形態2におけるデジタル放送受信装置の構成を示すブロック図である。図19のデジタル放送受信装置は図2のデジタル放送送信装置から送信されたデジタル放送送信信号を受信するものである。
FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a digital broadcast receiving apparatus according to the second embodiment of the present invention. The digital broadcast receiving apparatus in FIG. 19 receives a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted from the digital broadcast transmitting apparatus in FIG.
1926はデジタル放送受信装置である。
1926 is a digital broadcast receiver.
1901はアンテナ、1902は選局部、1903は直交復調部、1904は高速フーリエ変換(以下、FFT)部、1905はFFT部1904以降TS出力までのデジタル放送送信信号の復調・復号動作を行う復調復号部、1906は同期再生部、1907はフレーム抽出部、1908はTMCC復号部であり、復調復号部1905の動作を行うための同期信号再生や、伝送パラメータなどの情報入手を行う。
Reference numeral 1901 denotes an antenna, 1902 denotes a channel selection unit, 1903 denotes an orthogonal demodulation unit, 1904 denotes a fast Fourier transform (hereinafter referred to as FFT) unit, 1905 denotes demodulation / decoding operation for demodulating / decoding digital broadcast transmission signals from the FFT unit 1904 to the TS output. , 1906 is a synchronous reproduction unit, 1907 is a frame extraction unit, and 1908 is a TMCC decoding unit, which reproduces a synchronous signal for operating the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 and obtains information such as transmission parameters.
選局1902からTMCC復号部1908まででフロント・エンド (以下、F/E)部1924を構成する。 1928はデスクランブル1部、1929はデスクランブル2部、1909はデマックス部、1910は圧縮された放送音声信号のデコード部、1911はデコードされた放送音声信号の出力を行う音声出力部、1912は圧縮された放送映像信号のデコード部、1913は表示画面を構成する提示処理部、1914はデコードされた放送映像信号の表示を行う映像出力部、1915はPSI(Program Specific Information)/SI(Service Information)などのシステム情報を取り扱うシステムデコード部である。
A front end (hereinafter referred to as F / E) unit 1924 is configured from the channel selection 1902 to the TMCC decoding unit 1908. 1928 is a descrambling part 1, 1929 is a descrambling part 2, 1909 is a demux part, 1910 is a decoding part of the compressed broadcast audio signal, 1911 is an audio output part for outputting the decoded broadcast audio signal, and 1912 is a compression part 1913 is a presentation processing unit constituting a display screen, 1914 is a video output unit for displaying the decoded broadcast video signal, and 1915 is PSI (Program Specific Information) / SI (Service Information). It is a system decoding unit that handles system information such as.
デスクランブル1部1928、デスクランブル2部1929、デマックス部1909からシステムデコード部1915まででバック・エンド (以下、B/E)部1925を構成する。
The descrambling part 1928, the descrambling part 2 1929, and the demax part 1909 to the system decoding part 1915 constitute a back-end trap (hereinafter B / E) part 1925.
1916は書き換え可能タイプ不揮発性メモリ(以下、NVRAM)、1917はフォントなどのROM(Read Only Memory)、1918は主メモリであるRAM(Random Access Memory)、1919は通信回線インターフェース(以下I/F)、1920は入出力部(以下、I/O)、1921はシステムバス、1922は中央演算処理部(以下、CPU)、1923はリモコンなどの操作用のボタン、1930はライセンス情報を管理するCAS(Conditional Access System)、1931は記録媒体、1927はリムーバブルメディアである。
1916 is a rewritable nonvolatile memory (hereinafter referred to as NVRAM), 1917 is a ROM such as a font (Read Only Memory), 1918 is a main memory RAM (Random Access Memory), and 1919 is a communication line interface (hereinafter I / F). , 1920 is an input / output unit (hereinafter referred to as I / O), 1921 is a system bus, 1922 is a central processing unit (hereinafter referred to as CPU), 1923 is a button for operating a remote control, etc. 1930 is a CAS ( Conditional Access System), 1931 is a recording medium, and 1927 is a removable medium.
リアルタイム放送の場合、アンテナ1901によりデジタル放送受信装置1926に入力されたデジタル放送送信信号は、F/E部1924によりTS(トランスポートストリーム)に変換される。復調されたTSは、デスクランブル1部1928により、CAS1930に格納されたライセンス情報を利用して、暗号化データが選択的に復号される。ライセンス情報は、ネットワークを経由して通信I/F1919により供給されてもよいし、リムーバブルメディア1927により供給されてもよい。復号されたTSは、デマックス部1909により、映像、音声、その他データに分離され、映像ストリームは映像デコード部1912へ、音声ストリームは音声デコード部1910へ出力される。デコードされた映像信号は提示処理部1913で表示画面を構成され、映像出力1914で出力される。デコードされた音声信号は音声出力1911で出力される。
In the case of real-time broadcasting, a digital broadcast transmission signal input to the digital broadcast receiver 1926 by the antenna 1901 is converted into a TS (transport stream) by the F / E unit 1924. The demodulated TS is selectively decrypted by the descrambling unit 1928 using the license information stored in the CAS 1930. The license information may be supplied by the communication I / F 1919 via a network or may be supplied by the removable medium 1927. The decoded TS is separated into video, audio, and other data by the demax unit 1909, and the video stream is output to the video decoding unit 1912 and the audio stream is output to the audio decoding unit 1910. The decoded video signal forms a display screen by the presentation processing unit 1913 and is output by the video output 1914. The decoded audio signal is output as an audio output 1911.
プッシュキャスト放送の場合、アンテナ1901によりデジタル放送受信装置1926に入力されたデジタル放送送信信号は、F/E部によりTS(トランスポートストリーム)に変換される。復調されたTSは、デスクランブル1部1928に入力されるが、ここでは復号を行わない。続いて入力されたデマックス部1909で、蓄積するコンテンツに関するデータのみを分離し、記録媒体1931に蓄積する。
In the case of push cast broadcasting, a digital broadcast transmission signal input to the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 by the antenna 1901 is converted into a TS (transport stream) by the F / E unit. The demodulated TS is input to the descramble 1 unit 1928, but is not decoded here. Subsequently, only the data related to the content to be stored is separated and stored in the recording medium 1931 by the input demax unit 1909.
アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報が放送波経由で配信された場合は、デマックス部1909で分離して記録媒体1931に蓄積しておく。アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報がネットワーク経由で配信される場合は、再生前もしくは再生時に通信I/F1919を経由して取得し、記録媒体1931に蓄積しておく。アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報がネットワーク経由で配信される場合は、再生前もしくは再生時にI/O1920を経由して取得し、記録媒体1931に蓄積しておく。
When the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the broadcast wave, they are separated by the demux unit 1909 and stored in the recording medium 1931. When the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the network, they are acquired via the communication I / F 1919 before or during reproduction and stored in the recording medium 1931. When the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the network, they are acquired via the I / O 1920 before or during reproduction and stored in the recording medium 1931.
再生時には、記録媒体1931から再生するコンテンツに関するデータを読み出してデスクランブル2部1929に入力し、記録媒体1931に蓄積しておいたアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を利用して、暗号化データを選択的に復号する。復号されたTSは、デマックス部1909により、映像、音声、その他データに分離され、映像ストリームは映像デコード部1912へ、音声ストリームは音声デコード部1910へ出力される。デコードされた映像信号は提示処理部1913で表示画面を構成され、映像出力1914で出力される。デコードされた音声信号は音声出力1911で出力される。
At the time of reproduction, data related to the content to be reproduced is read from the recording medium 1931 and input to the descrambling 2 unit 1929 and encrypted using the access control common information and the access control individual information stored in the recording medium 1931. Decode data selectively. The decoded TS is separated into video, audio, and other data by the demax unit 1909, and the video stream is output to the video decoding unit 1912 and the audio stream is output to the audio decoding unit 1910. The decoded video signal forms a display screen by the presentation processing unit 1913 and is output by the video output 1914. The decoded audio signal is output as an audio output 1911.
以上の動作はCPU1922が、システムバス1921を介し、F/E部1924やB/E部1925の各ブロックに対して制御を行なうことで、デジタル放送受信装置1926は通常の映像、音声の再生を行う。
In the above operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block of the F / E unit 1924 and the B / E unit 1925 via the system bus 1921 so that the digital broadcast receiver 1926 reproduces normal video and audio. Do.
データ放送受信時は、一旦データをRAM1918、あるいはNVRAM1916等へ転送し、CPU1922による処理を行う。また通常の映像、音声の再生処理だけでなく、文字図形の提示と同時にRAM1918上のデータを映像、音声デコーダへ転送し、映像、音声の再生処理を行う様な処理を行なう。また、通信I/F1919を用いデジタル放送受信装置1926外部と情報のやり取りを行なう。
At the time of data broadcast reception, the data is once transferred to the RAM 1918, NVRAM 1916 or the like and processed by the CPU 1922. In addition to normal video and audio playback processing, the data on the RAM 1918 is transferred to the video and audio decoder simultaneously with the presentation of the characters and graphics, and processing such as video and audio playback processing is performed. In addition, the communication I / F 1919 is used to exchange information with the outside of the digital broadcast receiver 1926.
デジタル放送受信装置の操作は、I/O1920を介し、ボタン1923で行なうことが可能である。
The operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus can be performed with the button 1923 via the I / O 1920.
図20にデジタル放送受信装置の種類を示す。
Fig. 20 shows the types of digital broadcast receivers.
図2のデジタル放送送信装置からのデジタル放送送信信号には13セグメント形式のスーパーセグメントと1セグメント形式のスーパーセグメントがある。これらのそれぞれを受信できる受信機が定義できるが、さらに、13セグメント形式と1セグメント形式の両方を受信できる13/1セグメント形式受信と、1セグメント形式に加え13セグメント形式の部分受信階層のみが受信できる部分受信/1セグメント形式受信が定義できる。図19のデジタル放送受信装置1926は、13/1セグメント形式受信、または、部分受信/1セグメント形式受信のどちらかとする。
The digital broadcast transmission signal from the digital broadcast transmission apparatus in FIG. 2 includes a 13-segment super segment and a 1-segment super segment. Receivers that can receive each of these can be defined, but 13/1 segment format reception that can receive both 13 segment format and 1 segment format, and only the partial reception layer of 13 segment format in addition to 1 segment format Can be defined partial reception / 1 segment format reception. The digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in FIG. 19 performs either 13/1 segment format reception or partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
図21に13/1セグメント形式受信の場合の復調復号部1905の構成を、図22に部分受信/1セグメント形式受信の場合の復調復号部1905の構成を示す。
21 shows the configuration of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 in the case of 13/1 segment format reception, and FIG. 22 shows the configuration of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 in the case of partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
2101、2201はFFT部1904からの出力信号の入力、2102、2202はキャリア復調部、2103、2203はデインターリーブ部、2104、2204はデマッピング部、2105、2205はビットデインターリーブ部、2106、2206はデパンクチャ部、2107、2207はビタビ復号部、2108、2208はバイトデインターリーブ部、2109、2209はエネルギー逆拡散部、2110、2210はTS再生部、2111、2211はRS(リード・ソロモン)復号部、2112、2212は復調復号部1905の出力である。ビットデインターリーブ部2105、デパンクチャ部2106、バイトデインターリーブ部2108、エネルギー逆拡散部2109は、それぞれa、b、cの3階層分あり、2121、2123は3階層に分割する階層分割部、2122は階層を合成する階層合成部である。
2101 and 2201 are input signals from the FFT unit 1904, 2102 and 2202 are carrier demodulation units, 2103 and 2203 are deinterleave units, 2104 and 2204 are demapping units, 2105 and 2205 are bit deinterleave units, 2106 and 2206. Is a depuncture unit, 2107 and 2207 are Viterbi decoding units, 2108 and 2208 are byte deinterleaving units, 2109 and 2209 are energy despreading units, 2110 and 2210 are TS reproduction units, and 211 and 211 are RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding units. Reference numerals 2112 and 2212 denote outputs of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905. The bit deinterleaving unit 2105, the depuncturing unit 2106, the byte deinterleaving unit 2108, and the energy despreading unit 2109 are respectively provided for three layers a, b, and c, and 2121 and 2123 are divided into three layers. It is a layer composition unit that composes layers.
まず、13/1セグメント形式受信の場合の動作を図21、図19を使用して説明する。
First, the operation in the case of 13/1 segment format reception will be described with reference to FIGS.
アンテナ1901で受信されたデジタル放送送信信号から選局部1902で受信すべきチャネル周波数帯域が抽出され、直交復調部1903でチャンネル選択された信号が直交復調されベースバンド信号とされ、FFT部1904で周波数軸処理に変換され、OFDMシンボルのうち、有効シンボルに相当する期間についてFFTが実施される。その際、受信信号のマルチパスの状況が考慮され、適切な期間でFFT処理が実施される。これを受け、復調復号部1905では、キャリア復調部2102で周波数軸上の各キャリアに対して復調処理が行われ(例えば、QPSK、16QAM、64QAM用にスキャッタードパイロット(SP)を用いた同期復調を行い、振幅、及び位相情報を検出する)、デインターリーブ部2103で周波数軸及び時間軸のデインターリーブ、デマッピング部2104でデマッピングされ、階層分割部2121で各階層に分割されそれぞれビットデインターリーブ部2105a、b、cでビットデインターリーブ、デパンクチャ部2106a、b、cでデパンクチャ、階層合成部2122で合成してビタビ復号部2107でビタビ復号、階層分割部2121で各階層に分割されバイトデインターリーブ部2108でバイトデインターリーブ、エネルギー逆拡散部2109でエネルギー逆拡散が行われ、TS再生部2110でTS再生され、RS復号部2111で誤り訂正が施されてデジタル放送信号が復調され、例えば、MPEG2システムズに規定されるトランスポートストリーム(TS)信号がデスクランブル1部1928および、デマックス部1909に出力される。ここで、1セグメント形式の信号を受信する場合と13セグメント形式の受信をする場合では、TMCC復号部1908で復号されたTMCC信号の図11で示したシステム識別でシステムを識別し、地上デジタル音声放送システムの場合に1セグメント形式を、地上デジタルテレビジョン放送システムの場合に13セグメント形式の受信の処理を行なう(主に図13で示した部分受信フラグの取り扱い)。さらに、1セグメント形式の信号を受信する場合は、階層分割2121、2123で階層分割を行なわず、例えばa系統のブロックを用いて処理を行なう。階層分割を行なっていないので階層合成2122での階層合成も必要ない。部分受信階層を受信する場合、1セグメント形式の場合と同じようにa系統のみを用いて処理してもいいし、3階層に分割してそのうちの1系統を部分受信階層として処理してもよい。1セグメント形式および部分受信のみの受信の場合、選局1902のチャネル周波数帯域を1セグメント分として抽出してもよい。
The channel frequency band to be received by the channel selection unit 1902 is extracted from the digital broadcast transmission signal received by the antenna 1901, the signal channel-selected by the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903 is orthogonally demodulated into a baseband signal, and the frequency is output by the FFT unit 1904. It is converted to axis processing, and FFT is performed for a period corresponding to an effective symbol among OFDM symbols. At that time, the multipath situation of the received signal is taken into consideration, and the FFT processing is performed in an appropriate period. In response to this, in the demodulation / decoding unit 1905, the carrier demodulation unit 2102 performs demodulation processing on each carrier on the frequency axis (for example, synchronization using a scattered pilot (SP) for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM). (Demodulation is performed to detect amplitude and phase information), frequency axis and time axis deinterleaving is performed by the deinterleaving unit 2103, and demapping is performed by the demapping unit 2104. Bit deinterleaving is performed by the interleaving units 2105a, b, and c, depuncturing is performed by the depuncturing units 2106a, b, and c, synthesis is performed by the layer synthesizing unit 2122, Viterbi decoding is performed by the Viterbi decoding unit 2107, and each layer is divided by the layer dividing unit 2121. Byte deinterleaving and energy in the interleaving unit 2108 -Despreading unit 2109 performs energy despreading, TS playback unit 2110 performs TS playback, RS decoding unit 2111 performs error correction, and a digital broadcast signal is demodulated. For example, transport defined in MPEG2 Systems A stream (TS) signal is output to the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909. Here, in the case of receiving a signal in 1 segment format and in the case of receiving in 13 segment format, the system is identified by the system identification shown in FIG. 11 of the TMCC signal decoded by the TMCC decoding unit 1908, and digital terrestrial audio In the case of a broadcasting system, a 1-segment format is received, and in the case of a digital terrestrial television broadcasting system, a 13-segment format is received (mainly handling the partial reception flag shown in FIG. 13). Further, when receiving a signal of one segment format, the layer division 2121 and 2123 do not perform layer division, but perform processing using, for example, a system block. Since no hierarchical division is performed, hierarchical synthesis in the hierarchical synthesis 2122 is not necessary. When receiving a partial reception layer, processing may be performed using only the system a as in the case of the one segment format, or may be divided into three layers and one of them may be processed as a partial reception layer. . In the case of reception of only one segment format and partial reception, the channel frequency band of the channel selection 1902 may be extracted as one segment.
次に、部分受信/1セグメント形式受信の場合の動作を図22、図19を使用して説明する。
Next, the operation in the case of partial reception / 1-segment reception will be described with reference to FIGS.
アンテナ1901で受信されたデジタル放送送信信号から選局部1902で受信すべきチャネル周波数帯域、この場合、1セグメント分の周波数帯域が抽出され、直交復調部1903でチャンネル選択された信号が直交復調されベースバンド信号とされ、FFT部1904で周波数軸処理に変換され、OFDMシンボルのうち、有効シンボルに相当する期間についてFFTが実施される。その際、受信信号のマルチパスの状況が考慮され、適切な期間でFFT処理が実施される。これを受け、復調復号部1905では、キャリア復調部2202で周波数軸上の各キャリアに対して復調処理が行われ(例えば、QPSK、16QAM、64QAM用にスキャッタードパイロット(SP)を用いた同期復調を行い、振幅、及び位相情報を検出する)、デインターリーブ部2203で周波数軸及び時間軸のデインターリーブ、デマッピング部2204でデマッピングされビットデインターリーブ部2205でビットデインターリーブ、デパンクチャ部2206でデパンクチャ、ビタビ復号部2207でビタビ復号、バイトデインターリーブ部2208でバイトデインターリーブ、エネルギー逆拡散部2209でエネルギー逆拡散が行われ、TS再生部2210でTS再生され、RS復号部2211で誤り訂正が施されてデジタル放送信号が復調され、例えば、MPEG2システムズに規定されるトランスポートストリーム(TS)信号がデスクランブル1部1928および、デマックス部1909に出力される。ここで、1セグメント形式の信号を受信する場合と13セグメント形式の部分受信をする場合では、TMCC復号部1908で復号されたTMCC信号の図11で示したシステム識別でシステムを識別し、地上デジタル音声放送システムの場合に1セグメント形式を、地上デジタルテレビジョン放送システムの場合に13セグメント形式の部分受信の処理を行なう(主に図13で示した部分受信フラグの取り扱い)。
The channel frequency band to be received by the channel selection unit 1902 from the digital broadcast transmission signal received by the antenna 1901, in this case, the frequency band for one segment is extracted, and the channel-selected signal is orthogonally demodulated by the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903. A band signal is converted into frequency axis processing by an FFT unit 1904, and FFT is performed for a period corresponding to an effective symbol among OFDM symbols. At that time, the multipath situation of the received signal is taken into consideration, and the FFT processing is performed in an appropriate period. In response to this, in the demodulation / decoding unit 1905, the carrier demodulation unit 2202 performs demodulation processing on each carrier on the frequency axis (for example, synchronization using scattered pilot (SP) for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM). (Demodulate and detect amplitude and phase information), deinterleave unit 2203 for frequency axis and time axis, demap unit demapping unit 2204, bit deinterleave unit 2205, and depuncture unit 2206 Depuncture, Viterbi decoding unit 2207 performs Viterbi decoding, Byte deinterleaving unit 2208 performs byte deinterleaving, Energy despreading unit 2209 performs energy despreading, TS reproduction unit 2210 performs TS reproduction, and RS decoding unit 2211 performs error correction. Digital broadcasting The signal is demodulated, and, for example, a transport stream (TS) signal defined by MPEG2 Systems is output to the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909. Here, in the case of receiving a signal of 1 segment format and in the case of partial reception of 13 segment format, the system is identified by the system identification shown in FIG. 11 of the TMCC signal decoded by the TMCC decoding unit 1908, and the terrestrial digital In the case of an audio broadcasting system, partial reception processing is performed in the 1 segment format, and in the case of a digital terrestrial television broadcasting system, partial reception processing is performed (mainly handling of the partial reception flag shown in FIG. 13).
図19のF/E部1924のその他のブロックを説明する。
The other blocks of the F / E unit 1924 in FIG. 19 will be described.
同期再生部1906では直交復調部1903からのベースバンド信号を受け、モード、ガードインターバル長に応じてOFDMシンボル同期信号及びFFTサンプル周波数が再生される。モード、ガードインターバル長が未知の場合には、OFDM信号のガード期間の相関性等により判別することもできる。さらにFFT部1904の出力信号からTMCC信号の周波数位置が検出される。フレーム抽出部1907では検出された周波数位置のTMCC信号が復調されるとともにTMCC信号からフレーム同期信号が抽出される。フレーム同期信号は同期再生部1906に出力され、シンボル同期信号との位相調整が行われる。TMCC復号部1908では復調されたTMCC信号に差集合巡回符号の誤り訂正が施され、階層構造、伝送パラメータなどTMCC情報が抽出される。このTMCC情報は復調復号部1905に出力され、復調復号処理の各種制御情報として利用される。連結送信信号ではセグメント間に位相差があるため、復調に上隣接セグメント下端のキャリアを使用する同期変調セグメントの受信については、上隣接セグメント下端のキャリア位相を補正しなければならない。
The synchronization reproduction unit 1906 receives the baseband signal from the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903 and reproduces the OFDM symbol synchronization signal and the FFT sample frequency according to the mode and the guard interval length. When the mode and the guard interval length are unknown, the mode and guard interval length can also be determined based on the correlation of the guard period of the OFDM signal. Further, the frequency position of the TMCC signal is detected from the output signal of the FFT unit 1904. The frame extraction unit 1907 demodulates the TMCC signal at the detected frequency position and extracts a frame synchronization signal from the TMCC signal. The frame synchronization signal is output to the synchronization reproduction unit 1906, and phase adjustment with the symbol synchronization signal is performed. The TMCC decoding unit 1908 performs error correction of the differential cyclic code on the demodulated TMCC signal, and extracts TMCC information such as a hierarchical structure and transmission parameters. The TMCC information is output to the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 and used as various control information for the demodulation / decoding process. Since there is a phase difference between segments in the concatenated transmission signal, the carrier phase at the lower end of the upper adjacent segment must be corrected for reception of the synchronous modulation segment that uses the carrier at the lower end of the upper adjacent segment for demodulation.
TMCC復号部1908は、緊急警報放送を受信しようとしているときには常に動作しており、図12で示した緊急警報放送用起動フラグを監視している。なお、このとき、選局部1902、直交復調部1903、FFT部1904、同期再生部1906、フレーム抽出部1907は常に動作している。選局部1902、直交復調部1903、FFT部1904、同期再生部1906、フレーム抽出部1907の動作は緊急警報放送を受信しようとしているときには13セグメント形式の場合はセグメントNo.0、すなわち部分受信部分のみの処理を行うのみでよい。これにより、本デジタル放送の13セグメント全帯域を処理するよりも低消費電力動作とすることができる。1セグメント形式の場合は1セグメント帯域のみでよい。
The TMCC decoding unit 1908 is always operating when trying to receive an emergency alert broadcast, and monitors the emergency alert broadcast activation flag shown in FIG. At this time, the channel selection unit 1902, the quadrature demodulation unit 1903, the FFT unit 1904, the synchronous reproduction unit 1906, and the frame extraction unit 1907 are always operating. The operations of the channel selection unit 1902, the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903, the FFT unit 1904, the synchronous reproduction unit 1906, and the frame extraction unit 1907 are segment No. 0 in the case of 13 segment format, that is, only the partial reception part when receiving an emergency warning broadcast It is only necessary to perform the process. As a result, it is possible to achieve a low power consumption operation compared to processing the entire 13-segment band of this digital broadcast. In the case of 1 segment format, only 1 segment bandwidth is required.
図19のB/E部1925を説明する。
The B / E unit 1925 in FIG. 19 will be described.
デスクランブル1部1928および、デマックス部1909では著作権保護のためにスクランブルのかけられているTS信号のスクランブルが解除され、希望された圧縮された放送映像信号や圧縮された放送音声信号のデジタル信号が抽出されデコード部1910、1912、1915に出力される。デコード部1912では圧縮された放送映像信号が、デコード部1910では圧縮された放送音声信号がデコードされ、デコードされた映像信号は提示処理部1913で表示画面を構成され、映像出力部1914に、デコードされた音声信号は音声出力部1911に出力される。
In descrambling 1 section 1928 and demax section 1909, descrambling of the scrambled TS signal for copyright protection is canceled, and the desired compressed broadcast video signal and compressed broadcast audio signal digital signal Are extracted and output to the decoding units 1910, 1912 and 1915. The decoding unit 1912 decodes the compressed broadcast video signal, the decoding unit 1910 decodes the compressed broadcast audio signal, and the decoded video signal forms a display screen in the presentation processing unit 1913, and the video output unit 1914 decodes the display screen. The audio signal thus output is output to the audio output unit 1911.
次に、図16、図17、図18のパイロット放送、パイロットセグメント、パイロット情報の場合の受信動作を図19、図23を用い説明する。
Next, the reception operation in the case of the pilot broadcast, pilot segment, and pilot information shown in FIGS. 16, 17, and 18 will be described with reference to FIGS.
ステップ2301で受信動作を開始する。受信動作はCPU1922がシステムバス1921を介して各ブロックを制御する。
In step 2301, the reception operation is started. In the reception operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
ステップ2302でまず決められた周波数位置にあるパイロットセグメント1701または1702を選局部1902は選局する。
In step 2302, the channel selection unit 1902 first selects the pilot segment 1701 or 1702 at the frequency position determined.
ステップ2303でF/E部1924によりTSを復調し、デスクランブル1部1928および、デマックス部1909により図18のパイロット情報を抽出し、システムデコード部1915によりデコードする。
In step 2303, the TS is demodulated by the F / E unit 1924, the pilot information of FIG. 18 is extracted by the descrambling unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909, and is decoded by the system decoding unit 1915.
ステップ2304で抽出したパイロット情報からサービス選局表を作成し、記憶する。
Create a service channel list from the pilot information extracted in step 2304 and store it.
図24にサービス選局表の一例を示す。事業者識別、放送種類、日時、番組種別で整理され、リアルタイム放送の番組やプッシュキャスト放送のコンテンツ別にそれぞれ選局周波数とスーパセグメント種類が割り当てられる。選局周波数は中心サブチャンネルの中心周波数である。また、スーパセグメント種類がタイプA(13セグメント形式)の場合は、番組やコンテンツが部分受信階層にあるかどうかが示される("○":部分受信階層、"×":部分受信以外の階層)。
FIG. 24 shows an example of the service tuning table. They are organized by operator identification, broadcast type, date / time, and program type, and a channel selection frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each content of a real-time broadcast program or pushcast broadcast content. The channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel. When the super segment type is type A (13-segment format), it is indicated whether or not the program or content is in the partial reception layer ("○": partial reception layer, "x": layer other than partial reception). .
ステップ2305でリアルタイム放送、プッシュキャスト放送、ダウンロード済みのサービス表が表示される。一般的にリアルタイム放送のサービス表が優先的に表示され、プッシュキャスト放送やダウンロード済みのサービス表はメニューなどでユーザが選択する。
In step 2305, real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, and downloaded service table are displayed. In general, a real-time broadcast service table is preferentially displayed, and a user selects a pushcast broadcast or a downloaded service table using a menu or the like.
図25にサービス表の一例を示す。図25(a)はリアルタイム放送、図25(b)はプッシュキャスト放送、図25(c)はダウンロード済みの場合の例である。
FIG. 25 shows an example of a service table. FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting, FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting, and FIG.
図25(a)では現在の時間に放送されている番組が表示される。部分受信/1セグメント形式受信の場合には、タイプA(13セグメント形式)で部分受信セグメント以外の階層で番組が伝送されている場合には受信できないので、そのような表記をしてその番組を選択できないようにする。
In FIG. 25 (a), the program broadcast at the current time is displayed. In the case of partial reception / 1-segment format reception, if the program is transmitted in a layer other than the partial reception segment in type A (13 segment format), it cannot be received. Disable selection.
ステップ2306で視聴したい番組を選択する。なお、年月日、時間、事業者で番組検索をかける機能を有していてもよい。
In step 2306, select the program you want to watch. In addition, you may have a function which searches a program by a date, time, and a provider.
ステップ2307で選択した番組を選局する。図24のサービス選局表により、選局部1902を選局周波数とし、タイプAで部分受信以外で伝送されている場合はチャネル周波数帯域を13セグメントの帯域としF/E部1924は13セグメント形式復調を行なう。タイプAで部分受信で伝送されている場合とタイプBの場合はチャネル周波数帯域を1セグメントの帯域としF/E部1924は部分受信の場合は部分受信復調、タイプBの場合は1セグメント形式復調を行なう。
Tune in the program selected in step 2307. According to the service channel selection table of FIG. 24, when the channel selection unit 1902 is a channel selection frequency and transmission is performed in a type A other than partial reception, the channel frequency band is 13 segment bandwidth, and the F / E unit 1924 is 13 segment format demodulation. To do. In the case of transmission by partial reception in type A and in the case of type B, the channel frequency band is a band of one segment, and the F / E section 1924 performs partial reception demodulation in the case of partial reception, and one segment format demodulation in the case of type B. To do.
ステップ2308で番組が出力される。
In step 2308, the program is output.
図25(b)は現在ダウンロード可能なコンテンツが表示される。ステップ2309でダウンロードしたいコンテンツを選択する。このとき、すでにダウンロード済みのコンテンツは"ダウンロード済"と表示して選択できないようにする。
Fig. 25 (b) shows the contents that can be downloaded now. In step 2309, the contents to be downloaded are selected. At this time, the already downloaded contents are displayed as “downloaded” so that they cannot be selected.
ステップ2310でダウンロード予約となる。ダウンロードの時間になれば、ステップ2311で選局部1902は図24のサービス選局表により予約したコンテンツを選局周波数とし、タイプAで部分受信以外で伝送されている場合はチャネル周波数帯域を13セグメントの帯域としF/E部1924は13セグメント形式復調を行なう。タイプAで部分受信で伝送されている場合とタイプBの場合はチャネル周波数帯域を1セグメントの帯域としF/E部1924は部分受信の場合は部分受信復調、タイプBの場合は1セグメント形式復調を行なう。
In step 2310, a download reservation is made. If it is time to download, the channel selection unit 1902 in step 2311 uses the content reserved by the service channel selection table of FIG. 24 as the channel selection frequency, and if it is transmitted by type A other than partial reception, the channel frequency band is 13 segments. The F / E unit 1924 performs 13 segment format demodulation. In the case of transmission by partial reception in type A and in the case of type B, the channel frequency band is a band of one segment, and the F / E section 1924 performs partial reception demodulation in the case of partial reception, and one segment format demodulation in the case of type B. To do.
ステップ2312でダウンロードされる。
Downloaded at step 2312.
図25(c)はすでにダウンロードしたコンテンツが表示される。ステップ2313で再生選択し、ステップ2314で出力される。なお、ダウンロードのサービス表はステップ2301の開始時に選択できるようにしてもよい。
Fig. 25 (c) shows the content already downloaded. Playback is selected at step 2313 and output at step 2314. The download service table may be selected at the start of step 2301.
以上、図23、24、25のデジタル放送受信方法によれば、デジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成を意識することなく受信することができる効果がある。
As described above, according to the digital broadcast receiving method of FIGS. 23, 24, and 25, there is an effect that the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration.
図26は本発明に係る実施形態3におけるデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービス構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。
FIG. 26 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a service configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
2601はプッシュキャスト放送、2602はプッシュキャスト放送とリアルタイム放送の混在放送、2603はリアルタイム放送、2604はプッシュキャスト放送のパイロット放送、2605はリアルタイム放送のパイロット放送である。図16との差は、パイロット放送をプッシュキャスト放送とリアルタイム放送でそれぞれ独立して設けたことである。図16と同様に、パイロット放送2604、2605をどの周波数配置で送るかはあらかじめ決めておく必要がある。
2601 is a pushcast broadcast, 2602 is a mixed broadcast of pushcast broadcast and real-time broadcast, 2603 is a real-time broadcast, 2604 is a pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast, and 2605 is a real-time pilot broadcast. The difference from FIG. 16 is that the pilot broadcast is provided independently for the pushcast broadcast and the real-time broadcast. As in FIG. 16, it is necessary to determine in advance which frequency arrangement the pilot broadcasts 2604 and 2605 are sent.
図27は本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。図27は図2で説明したセグメント構成例であり、図27(a)において2701はリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント、2702はプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメントであり、図27(b)において2703はリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント、2704はプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメントである。
FIG. 27 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 27 shows an example of the segment configuration described in FIG. 2. In FIG. 27A, 2701 is a pilot segment for real time broadcasting, 2702 is a pilot segment for pushcast broadcasting, and 2703 is a real time broadcasting in FIG. A pilot segment for broadcasting, 2704 is a pilot segment for pushcast broadcasting.
パイロットセグメントはパイロット放送を伝送するセグメントであり、1セグメント形式のセグメント、または13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメントとする。図27(a)の例で、リアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント2701は[スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号 1]のセグメント、中心周波数は(210+1/7)MHzであり、プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメント2702は[スーパーセグメント4、中心サブチャンネル番号 1]のセグメント、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzである。図27(b)の例ではリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント2703は[スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号1]のセグメント、中心周波数は(213+4/7)MHzであり、プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメント2704は[スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号19]のセグメント、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzである。この周波数配置は図27の例ではこの位置に決められている。
The pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment. In the example of FIG. 27 (a), the pilot segment 2701 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (210 + 1/7) MHz, and is used for pushcast broadcasting. Pilot segment 2702 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz. In the example of FIG. 27B, the pilot segment 2703 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (213 + 4/7) MHz, and the pilot for pushcast broadcasting The segment 2704 is a segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 19], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
また、図26のサービスをスーパーセグメントに割り当てる例として、例えば図27(a)の場合は以下とする。
Further, as an example of assigning the service of FIG. 26 to the super segment, for example, in the case of FIG.
スーパーセグメント1:タイプB(1セグメント5個)にリアルタイム放送2603の5個の番組をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、例えば、TS2をニュース、TS3を天気、TS4をショッピング、TS5をスポーツ・プレミアム、TS6を教育とする。
Super segment 1: Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcasting 2603 to each 1 segment format, for example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sports premium, Let TS6 be an education.
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント1個)にリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送2605をリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメントとして割り当て、TS7とする。
Super segment 2: Pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment for real-time broadcasting, and TS7 is set.
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)に混在放送2602を割り当て、TS1とする。
Super segment 3: Mixed broadcast 2602 is assigned to type A (1 13 segment) and TS1.
スーパーセグメント4:タイプB(1セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送2604をプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメントとして割り当て、[TS8とする。
Super segment 4: Type B (one segment) is assigned a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcast as a pilot segment for pushcast broadcast [TS8.
スーパーセグメント5:タイプA(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送2601を割り当て、TS9とする。
Super segment 5: Pushcast broadcast 2601 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment) and TS9.
また、図27(b)の場合は以下とする。
Also, in the case of FIG.
スーパーセグメント1:タイプA(13セグメント1個)に混在放送2602を割り当て、TS1とする。
Super Segment 1: Type A (1 13 segments) mixed broadcast 2602 is assigned as TS1.
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント7個)にリアルタイム放送2603の5個の番組とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送2605とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送2604をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、例えば、TS2をリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送2605、TS3をニュース、TS4を天気、TS5をショッピング、TS6をスポーツ・プレミアム、TS7を教育、TS8をプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送2604とする。
Super segment 2: Type B (7 segments) assigns 5 programs of real-time broadcast 2603, pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcast and pilot broadcast 2604 for push-cast broadcast to each one segment format, for example, TS2 Is a pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting, TS3 is news, TS4 is weather, TS5 is shopping, TS6 is a sports premium, TS7 is education, and TS8 is a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcasting.
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送2601を割り当て、TS9とする。
Super segment 3: Pushcast broadcast 2601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and is TS9.
なお、この割り当ては図2のマルチメディア信号発生部201で行なわれる。
This assignment is performed by the multimedia signal generation unit 201 in FIG.
図28はパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報の一例である番組情報の構成例である。図18との違いは番組情報を(1)リアルタイム放送情報と(2)プッシュキャスト放送情報とに分け、それぞれリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送で伝送することである。また、図28の例では(3)パイロット放送情報を設け、リアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送で伝送し、それぞれがリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送かプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット信号かを示す。
FIG. 28 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting. The difference from FIG. 18 is that the program information is divided into (1) real-time broadcast information and (2) pushcast broadcast information, which are transmitted in real-time broadcast pilot broadcast and pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast, respectively. In the example of FIG. 28, (3) pilot broadcast information is provided and transmitted in a pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and a pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast, each of which is a pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast or a pilot signal for pushcast broadcast Indicate.
図27、図28の例ではリアルタイム放送用とプッシュキャスト放送用の番組情報が分かれているため、受信側ではそのとき選択した必要な放送の情報だけを得ることが出来、情報を得て図25で示したサービス表を構築して表示するまでの時間を短縮することが出来る効果がある。また、パイロット放送情報を設けることで、今選択している情報がリアルタイム放送用なのかプッシュキャスト放送用なのかをB/E部1925で確認できる効果がある。
In the examples of FIGS. 27 and 28, the program information for real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting is separated, so that only the necessary broadcast information selected at that time can be obtained on the receiving side. This has the effect of shortening the time required to construct and display the service table shown in. Also, providing pilot broadcast information has an effect that the B / E unit 1925 can confirm whether the currently selected information is for real-time broadcast or pushcast broadcast.
また、図27のセグメント配置では、プッシュキャスト放送とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送、混在放送とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、リアルタイム放送とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、さらに、図27(a)においては混在放送とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送が、それぞれ隣に配置されているため、受信側でそれぞれのサービスの放送とパイロット放送を一括して受信しやすいという効果がある。
In the segment arrangement of FIG. 27, pushcast broadcast and pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast, mixed broadcast and pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast, real-time broadcast and pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast, and in FIG. Since the mixed broadcast and the pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast are arranged next to each other, there is an effect that it is easy for the reception side to easily receive the broadcast of each service and the pilot broadcast.
図29に本発明に係る実施形態4におけるデジタル放送受信装置1926の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。
FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 in the fourth embodiment according to the present invention.
図26、図27、図28のパイロット放送、パイロットセグメント、パイロット情報の場合の受信動作を図19、図29を用い説明する。図23と同一符号は同一機能を表す。
The reception operation in the case of the pilot broadcast, pilot segment, and pilot information shown in FIGS. 26, 27, and 28 will be described with reference to FIGS. The same reference numerals as those in FIG. 23 represent the same functions.
ステップ2901で受信動作を開始する。受信動作はCPU1922がシステムバス1921を介して各ブロックを制御する。
In step 2901, the reception operation is started. In the reception operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
ステップ2906でまずリアルタイム放送、プッシュキャスト放送、ダウンロード済みを選択する。
In step 2906, first, real-time broadcasting, pushcast broadcasting, and downloaded are selected.
ダウンロード済みを選択した場合は図25(c)のすでにダウンロードしたコンテンツが表示され、ステップ2313で再生選択し、ステップ2314で出力される。
When “downloaded” is selected, the already downloaded content shown in FIG. 25C is displayed, selected for reproduction in step 2313, and output in step 2314.
リアルタイム放送またはプッシュキャスト放送を選択した場合は、リアルタイム放送の場合はステップ2902a、2903a、2904a、2905a、2306、2307、2308を、プッシュキャスト放送の場合はステップ2902b、2903b、2904b、2905b、2309、2310を選択する。
When real-time broadcasting or pushcast broadcasting is selected, steps 2902a, 2903a, 2904a, 2905a, 2306, 2307, 2308 are performed for real-time broadcasting, and steps 2902b, 2903b, 2904b, 2905b, 2309, 2309, for push-cast broadcasting. 2310 is selected.
まず、リアルタイム放送を選択した場合を説明する。
First, the case where real-time broadcasting is selected will be described.
ステップ2902aでまず決められた周波数位置にあるリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント2701または2703を選局部1902は選局する。リアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメントであることはパイロット放送情報で確認できる。
In step 2902a, the channel selection unit 1902 selects the pilot segment 2701 or 2703 for real-time broadcasting at the frequency position determined first. It can be confirmed from the pilot broadcast information that the pilot segment is for real-time broadcasting.
ステップ2903aでF/E部1924によりTSを復調し、デスクランブル1部1928および、デマックス部1909により図28のリアルタイム放送用のパイロット情報であるリアルタイム放送情報を抽出し、システムデコード部1915によりデコードする。
In step 2903a, the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract the real-time broadcast information which is the pilot information for the real-time broadcast of FIG. .
ステップ2904aで抽出したリアルタイム放送情報からリアルタイム放送用のサービス選局表を作成し、記憶する。
Create a service channel selection table for real-time broadcasting from the real-time broadcast information extracted in step 2904a and store it.
図30(a)にリアルタイム放送用のサービス選局表の一例を示す。事業者識別、日時、番組種別で整理され、リアルタイム放送の番組別にそれぞれ選局周波数とスーパセグメント種類が割り当てられる。選局周波数は中心サブチャンネルの中心周波数である。また、スーパセグメント種類がタイプA(13セグメント形式)の場合は、番組やコンテンツが部分受信階層にあるかどうかが示される("○":部分受信階層、"×":部分受信以外の階層)。
Fig. 30 (a) shows an example of a service channel selection table for real-time broadcasting. They are organized by operator identification, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each program of real-time broadcasting. The channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel. When the super segment type is type A (13-segment format), it is indicated whether or not the program or content is in the partial reception layer ("○": partial reception layer, "x": layer other than partial reception). .
ステップ2905aでリアルタイム放送のサービス表が表示される。
In step 2905a, a real-time broadcast service table is displayed.
図25(a)にリアルタイム放送用のサービス表の一例を示す。以下は図23で説明したとおりである。
Fig. 25 (a) shows an example of a service table for real-time broadcasting. The following is as described in FIG.
次に、プッシュキャスト放送を選択した場合を説明する。
Next, the case where push cast broadcasting is selected will be described.
ステップ2902bでまず決められた周波数位置にあるプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメント2702または2704を選局部1902は選局する。プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメントであることはパイロット放送情報で確認できる。
In step 2902b, the channel selection unit 1902 selects the pilot segment 2702 or 2704 for pushcast broadcasting at the frequency position first determined. It can be confirmed from the pilot broadcast information that the pilot segment is for push cast broadcasting.
ステップ2903bでF/E部1924によりTSを復調し、デスクランブル1部1928および、デマックス部1909により図28のプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット情報であるプッシュキャスト放送情報を抽出し、システムデコード部1915によりデコードする。
In step 2903b, the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract pushcast broadcast information which is pilot information for pushcast broadcast in FIG. 28, and the system decode unit 1915 Decode.
ステップ2904aで抽出したプッシュキャスト放送情報からプッシュキャスト放送用のサービス選局表を作成し、記憶する。
Create a service channel list for pushcast broadcast from the pushcast broadcast information extracted in step 2904a and store it.
図30(b)にプッシュキャスト放送用のサービス選局表の一例を示す。事業者識別、日時、番組種別で整理され、プッシュキャスト放送のコンテンツ別にそれぞれ選局周波数とスーパセグメント種類が割り当てられる。選局周波数は中心サブチャンネルの中心周波数である。また、スーパセグメント種類がタイプA(13セグメント形式)の場合は、番組やコンテンツが部分受信階層にあるかどうかが示される("○":部分受信階層、"×":部分受信以外の階層)。
Fig. 30 (b) shows an example of a service channel selection table for pushcast broadcasting. They are organized by operator identification, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each pushcast broadcast content. The channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel. When the super segment type is type A (13-segment format), it is indicated whether or not the program or content is in the partial reception layer ("○": partial reception layer, "x": layer other than partial reception). .
ステップ2905bでプッシュキャスト放送のサービス表が表示される。
In step 2905b, a pushcast service table is displayed.
図25(b)にプッシュキャスト放送のサービス表の一例を示す。以下は図23で説明したとおりである。
Fig. 25 (b) shows an example of a service table for pushcast broadcasting. The following is as described in FIG.
以上、図29、30のデジタル放送受信方法によれば、デジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成を意識することなく受信することができる効果がある。また、リアルタイム放送用とプッシュキャスト放送用の番組情報が分かれているため、そのとき選択した必要な放送の情報だけを得ることが出来、情報を得て図25で示したサービス表を構築して表示するまでの時間を短縮することが出来る効果がある。また、パイロット放送情報を設けることで、今選択している情報がリアルタイム放送用なのかプッシュキャスト放送用なのかをB/E部1925で確認できる効果がある。
As described above, according to the digital broadcast receiving method of FIGS. 29 and 30, there is an effect that the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration. Also, since the program information for real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting is separated, only the necessary broadcast information selected at that time can be obtained, and the service table shown in FIG. 25 is constructed by obtaining the information. This has the effect of shortening the time until display. Also, providing pilot broadcast information has an effect that the B / E unit 1925 can confirm whether the currently selected information is for real-time broadcast or pushcast broadcast.
また、2902a、bでパイロットセグメントを選局するときに、プッシュキャスト放送とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送、混在放送とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、リアルタイム放送とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、さらに、図27(a)においては混在放送とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送が、それぞれ隣に配置されているため、受信側でそれぞれのサービスの放送とパイロット放送を一括して受信すれば、ステップ2307での選局やダウンロード時の選局の時間を短縮できる効果がある。
Further, when selecting a pilot segment at 2902a and b, pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast and pushcast broadcast, pilot broadcast for mixed broadcast and real-time broadcast, pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and real-time broadcast, In 27 (a), the mixed broadcast and the pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast are arranged next to each other. Therefore, if the reception side receives the broadcast of each service and the pilot broadcast together, There is an effect that it is possible to shorten the tuning time at the time of tuning or downloading.
図31は本発明に係る実施形態5におけるデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービス構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。
FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a service configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
3101、3102、3103はプッシュキャスト放送やリアルタイム放送、また、それらの放送のパイロット情報を有するパイロット放送で構成された放送サービス群である。図16との差は、プッシュキャスト放送、混在放送、リアルタイム放送という切り分けではなく、基本的に混在放送を行なう放送サービス群とし、その放送サービス群にパイロット放送を設け、パイロット放送はそのサービス群の中だけの放送のパイロット情報を有することである。
3101, 3102 and 3103 are broadcast service groups composed of pushcast broadcasts, real-time broadcasts, and pilot broadcasts having pilot information of those broadcasts. The difference from FIG. 16 is that the broadcast service group that basically performs mixed broadcast is not divided into pushcast broadcast, mixed broadcast, and real-time broadcast, and the pilot service is provided in the broadcast service group. It only has pilot information for broadcasting inside.
図32は本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。図27は図4(b)で説明したセグメント構成例であり、3201は放送サービス群3101のパイロットセグメント、3202は放送サービス群3103のパイロットセグメント、3203は放送サービス群3102のパイロットセグメントである。
FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 27 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4B, where 3201 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3101, 3202 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3103, and 3203 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3102.
パイロットセグメントはパイロット放送を伝送するセグメントであり、1セグメント形式のセグメント、または13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメントとする。図32の例で、放送サービス群3101のパイロットセグメント3201は[スーパーセグメント1、中心サブチャンネル番号22]の13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメント、中心周波数は(210+4/7)MHzであり、放送サービス群3103のパイロットセグメント3202は[スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号10]のセグメント、中心周波数は(214+6/7)MHzであり、放送サービス群3102のパイロットセグメント3203は[スーパーセグメント3、中心サブチャンネル番号22]の13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメント、中心周波数は(219+1/7)MHzである。この周波数配置は図32の例ではこの位置に決められている。
The pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment. In the example of FIG. 32, the pilot segment 3201 of the broadcast service group 3101 is a 13-segment partial reception segment of [super segment 1, center subchannel number 22], the center frequency is (210 + 4/7) MHz, The pilot segment 3202 of the service group 3103 is a segment of [super segment 2, center subchannel number 10], the center frequency is (214 + 6/7) MHz, and the pilot segment 3203 of the broadcast service group 3102 is [super segment 3, The partial reception segment of the 13-segment format of the center subchannel number 22], the center frequency is (219 + 1/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
また、図31のサービスを図32のスーパーセグメントに割り当てる例を以下とする。
Further, an example in which the service of FIG. 31 is allocated to the super segment of FIG. 32 is as follows.
スーパーセグメント1:タイプA(13セグメント1個)に放送サービス群3101を割り当て、TS1とする。
Suppose that broadcasting segment 3101 is assigned to super segment 1: type A (one 13 segment) and is TS1.
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント7個)に放送サービス群3103をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、TS2をニュース(リアルタイム放送)、TS3を天気(リアルタイム放送)、TS4をスポーツ(リアルタイム放送)、TS5をパイロット放送、TS6を教育(リアルタイム放送)、TS7をショッピング(プッシュキャスト放送)、TS8をプレミアム(プッシュキャスト放送)とする。
Super segment 2: Broadcast service group 3103 is assigned to each type of segment B for type B (7 segments), TS2 is news (real-time broadcast), TS3 is weather (real-time broadcast), TS4 is sports (real-time broadcast), TS5 is pilot broadcasting, TS6 is education (real-time broadcasting), TS7 is shopping (pushcast broadcasting), and TS8 is premium (pushcast broadcasting).
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)に放送サービス群3102を割り当て、TS9とする。
Super segment 3: Broadcast service group 3102 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
すなわち、それぞれの放送サービス群をスーパーセグメントに割り当てる。なお、この割り当ては図2のマルチメディア信号発生部201で行なわれる。
That is, each broadcasting service group is assigned to a super segment. This allocation is performed by the multimedia signal generator 201 in FIG.
図33はパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報の一例である番組情報の構成例である。図18との違いは番組情報を(1)スーパーセグメント1情報、(2)スーパーセグメント2情報、(3)スーパーセグメント3情報とに分け、それぞれのスーパーセグメント内の放送の情報をそれぞれのスーパーセグメント内のパイロット放送で伝送することである。
FIG. 33 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting. 18 differs from FIG. 18 in that the program information is divided into (1) super segment 1 information, (2) super segment 2 information, and (3) super segment 3 information, and broadcast information in each super segment is divided into each super segment. It is to be transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
図32、図33の例では放送サービス群をスーパーセグメントに割り当て、スーパーセグメントごとにパイロット放送するパイロットセグメントを設け番組情報を伝送しているため、受信側ではスーパーセグメント単位で番組情報を管理すればいいので、そのとき選択した必要なスーパーセグメントの情報だけを得ることが出来、情報を得て図25で示したサービス表を構築して表示するまでの時間を短縮することが出来る効果がある。
32 and 33, broadcast service groups are assigned to super segments, pilot programs for pilot broadcasting are provided for each super segment, and program information is transmitted. Therefore, on the receiving side, program information can be managed in units of super segments. Since it is good, it is possible to obtain only the information of the necessary super segment selected at that time, and it is possible to shorten the time until the information is obtained and the service table shown in FIG. 25 is constructed and displayed.
また、図32のセグメント配置では、13セグメント形式の受信のできる受信装置ではスーパーセグメント1やスーパーセグメント3のタイプAのスーパーセグメントを受信することで、また、スーパーセグメント単位の連結している1セグメント形式の受信のできる受信装置ではスーパーセグメント2を一括受信することで、そのスーパーセグメント内のパイロット放送を用いて受信したスーパーセグメント内だけで番組選択できる効果がある。
Further, in the segment arrangement of FIG. 32, a receiving device capable of receiving in the 13-segment format can receive a super segment 1 or super segment 3 type A super segment, and can also connect one segment in a super segment unit. A receiving apparatus capable of receiving a format has an effect of selecting a program only in the super segment received by using the pilot broadcast in the super segment by collectively receiving the super segment 2.
さらにまた、タイプA(13セグメント形式)の部分受信階層にパイロット放送(パイロットセグメント)を配置しているため、1セグメント形式の受信装置でもタイプAのスーパーセグメントのサービス群のパイロット放送(パイロットセグメント)を受信できる効果がある。
Furthermore, since pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) are arranged in the partial reception layer of type A (13 segment format), even in a 1 segment format receiver, pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) of the type A super segment service group Can be received.
図34に本発明に係る実施形態6におけるデジタル放送受信装置1926の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。
FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in the sixth embodiment according to the present invention.
図31、図32、図33のパイロット放送、パイロットセグメント、パイロット情報の場合の受信動作を図19、図34を用い説明する。図23と同一符号は同一機能を表す。
The reception operation in the case of the pilot broadcast, pilot segment, and pilot information in FIGS. 31, 32, and 33 will be described with reference to FIGS. The same reference numerals as those in FIG. 23 represent the same functions.
ステップ3401で受信動作を開始する。受信動作はCPU1922がシステムバス1921を介して各ブロックを制御する。
In step 3401, the reception operation is started. In the reception operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
ステップ3406でまずスーパーセグメントを選択する。図32の例ではスーパーセグメントは3個ある。なおここで、例えば、スーパーセグメントを放送会社に割り当てて、メニューでは放送会社を選択するようにしてもよい。
In step 3406, a super segment is first selected. In the example of FIG. 32, there are three super segments. Here, for example, a super segment may be assigned to a broadcasting company, and the broadcasting company may be selected in the menu.
スーパーセグメント1、2、3のどれかを選択した後、ステップ3402、3403、3404のそれぞれa系統、b系統、c系統に割り振られる。これらの動作は同じであるため、1、2、3、そして、a、b、cの添え字を省いて説明する。
After selecting any one of the super segments 1, 2, and 3, they are allocated to a system, b system, and c system in steps 3402, 3403, and 3404, respectively. Since these operations are the same, the description will be made by omitting the subscripts of 1, 2, 3, and a, b, and c.
スーパーセグメントを選択した後、ステップ3402でまず選択したスーパーセグメントの決められた周波数位置にあるパイロットセグメント(スーパーセグメント1は3201、スーパーセグメント2は3202、スーパーセグメント3は3203)を選局部1902は選局する。
After selecting a super segment, the channel selection unit 1902 selects a pilot segment (3201 for super segment 1, 3202 for super segment 2, 3203 for super segment 3) at the predetermined frequency position of the super segment selected in step 3402. Bureau.
ステップ3403でF/E部1924によりTSを復調し、デスクランブル1部1928および、デマックス部1909により図33のパイロット情報であるスーパーセグメント情報を抽出し、システムデコード部1915によりデコードする。
In Step 3403, the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract the super segment information which is pilot information of FIG. 33, and the system decode unit 1915 decodes it.
ステップ3404で抽出したスーパーセグメント情報から各スーパーセグメント用のサービス選局表を作成し、記憶する。
Create a service tuning table for each super segment from the super segment information extracted in step 3404 and store it.
図35にサービス選局表の一例を示す。スーパーセグメントごとに事業者識別、放送種別、日時、番組種別で整理され、番組別にそれぞれ選局周波数とスーパセグメント種類が割り当てられる。選局周波数は中心サブチャンネルの中心周波数である。また、スーパセグメント種類がタイプA(13セグメント形式)の場合は、番組やコンテンツが部分受信階層にあるかどうかが示される("○":部分受信階層、"×":部分受信以外の階層)。
Fig. 35 shows an example of the service tuning table. Each super segment is organized by operator identification, broadcast type, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each program. The channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel. When the super segment type is type A (13-segment format), it is indicated whether or not the program or content is in the partial reception layer ("○": partial reception layer, "x": layer other than partial reception). .
ステップ3405でリアルタイム放送、プッシュキャスト放送、ダウンロード済みのサービス表が表示される。一般的にリアルタイム放送のサービス表が優先的に表示され、プッシュキャスト放送やダウンロード済みのサービス表はメニューなどでユーザが選択する。
In step 3405, real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, and downloaded service table are displayed. In general, a real-time broadcast service table is preferentially displayed, and a user selects a pushcast broadcast or a downloaded service table using a menu or the like.
図25にサービス表の一例を示す。図25(a)はリアルタイム放送、図25(b)はプッシュキャスト放送、図25(c)はダウンロード済みの場合の例である。以下は図23で説明したとおりである。
FIG. 25 shows an example of a service table. FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting, FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting, and FIG. The following is as described in FIG.
以上、図34、35のデジタル放送受信方法によれば、デジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成を意識することなく受信することができる効果がある。また、放送サービス群をスーパーセグメントに割り当て、スーパーセグメントごとにパイロット放送するパイロットセグメントを設け番組情報を伝送しているため、スーパーセグメント単位で番組情報を管理すればいいので、そのとき選択した必要なスーパーセグメントの情報だけを得ることが出来、情報を得て図25で示したサービス表を構築して表示するまでの時間を短縮することが出来る効果がある。
As described above, according to the digital broadcast receiving method of FIGS. 34 and 35, there is an effect that the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration. In addition, since broadcasting service groups are assigned to super segments and pilot segments are provided for each super segment to transmit program information, program information can be managed in units of super segments. Only the information of the super segment can be obtained, and there is an effect that it is possible to shorten the time from obtaining the information to constructing and displaying the service table shown in FIG.
また、図32のセグメント配置では、13セグメント形式の受信のできる受信装置ではスーパーセグメント1やスーパーセグメント3のタイプAのスーパーセグメントを受信することで、また、スーパーセグメント単位の連結している1セグメント形式の受信のできる受信装置ではスーパーセグメント2を一括受信することで、そのスーパーセグメント内のパイロット放送を用いて受信したスーパーセグメント内だけで番組選択できる効果がある。
Further, in the segment arrangement of FIG. 32, a receiving device capable of receiving in the 13-segment format can receive a super segment 1 or super segment 3 type A super segment, and can also connect one segment in a super segment unit. A receiving apparatus capable of receiving a format has an effect of selecting a program only in the super segment received by using the pilot broadcast in the super segment by collectively receiving the super segment 2.
さらにまた、タイプA(13セグメント形式)の部分受信階層にパイロット放送(パイロットセグメント)を配置しているため、1セグメント形式の受信装置でもタイプAのスーパーセグメントのサービス群のパイロット放送(パイロットセグメント)を受信できる効果がある。
Furthermore, since pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) are arranged in the partial reception layer of type A (13 segment format), even in a 1 segment format receiver, pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) of the type A super segment service group Can be received.
図36は本発明に係る実施形態7におけるデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。
FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of pilot information of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
図36のパイロット情報は、図18(b)の番組情報に加えバージョン情報を設けていることが特徴である。バージョン情報はパイロットバージョン番号と次回更新予定日時からなる。
36 is characterized in that version information is provided in addition to the program information of FIG. 18B. The version information consists of a pilot version number and the next scheduled update date and time.
パイロットバージョン番号はパイロット情報に何らかの変更を加えたときに番号を一つ増加させる。フルスケールに達したその次は0に戻す。
The pilot version number is incremented by one when any change is made to the pilot information. The next time it reaches full scale, it returns to zero.
次回更新予定日時は、次にパイロット情報を変更するであろう予定の日時を示す。
The next scheduled update date and time indicates the date and time when the pilot information will be changed next.
次に、TS伝送システム情報について説明する。この情報はパイロット放送以外の他の放送のTSで伝送されており、図36の例ではこの情報の中にパイロットバージョン情報をを設ける。パイロットバージョン情報はパイロット情報のバージョン情報と同じ内容である。
Next, TS transmission system information will be described. This information is transmitted in a TS of a broadcast other than the pilot broadcast. In the example of FIG. 36, pilot version information is provided in this information. The pilot version information has the same contents as the version information of the pilot information.
図36のパイロット情報の例によれば、バージョン情報を設けたことで受信側でパイロット情報のバージョン管理を行なうことができる効果がある。また、次回更新予定日時を設けることで次回更新に対して受信機が準備できる効果がある。さらにまた、パイロット放送以外の他の放送のTSにもTS伝送システム情報としてパイロットバージョン情報を設けているので、パイロット放送を受信していなくて他のパイロット放送以外のリアルタイム放送やプッシュキャスト放送を受信している場合に、その受信しているTSからパイロット放送のバージョン情報を入手することができる効果がある。
36, there is an effect that the version information of the pilot information can be managed on the receiving side by providing the version information. Further, providing the next update scheduled date and time has an effect that the receiver can prepare for the next update. Furthermore, since pilot version information is provided as TS transmission system information in TS of other broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts, real-time broadcasts and push cast broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts are not received. In this case, the pilot broadcast version information can be obtained from the received TS.
なお、本実施例ではバージョン情報に関して図18(b)のパイロット信号に対して追加したが、図18(a)(c)、図28(a)(b)(c)、図33のパイロット情報に対して追加してもよい。
In this embodiment, version information is added to the pilot signal of FIG. 18 (b), but the pilot information of FIGS. 18 (a) (c), 28 (a) (b) (c), and FIG. May be added to
図37に本発明に係る実施形態8におけるデジタル放送受信装置1926の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。
FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in the eighth embodiment according to the present invention.
図36のパイロット情報の場合の受信動作を図19、図37を用い説明する。図23と同一符号は同一機能を表す。
36 will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 and 37. FIG. The same reference numerals as those in FIG. 23 represent the same functions.
ステップ3701で受信動作を開始する。受信動作はCPU1922がシステムバス1921を介して各ブロックを制御する。
In step 3701, the reception operation is started. In the reception operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
ステップ3702でデジタル放送受信装置1926にパイロット情報のバージョン情報が入手できているかの確認を行なう。
In step 3702, the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 confirms whether the version information of the pilot information is available.
パイロット情報のバージョン情報が入手できている場合は、ステップ3703でパイロット情報のバージョン情報とTS伝送システム情報のパイロットバージョン情報のそれぞれのパイロットバージョン番号を比較する。パイロットバージョン番号が同じ場合、ステップ3704で更新予定日を確認する。更新予定日前の場合、サービス選局表は以前作成したものと同じと判断し、ステップ2305でサービス表を表示する。
If the version information of the pilot information is available, the pilot version numbers of the pilot information and the pilot version information of the TS transmission system information are compared in step 3703. If the pilot version numbers are the same, the scheduled update date is confirmed in step 3704. If it is before the scheduled update date, it is determined that the service channel list is the same as that previously created, and the service table is displayed in step 2305.
ステップ3702でバージョン情報が入手できていない場合は、デジタル放送受信装置1926を最初に立ち上げた場合、システムリセットがかけられた場合などが考えられ、この場合はサービス選局表がまだ作成されていないため、ステップ2302以降、サービス選局表の作成を行なう。
If the version information is not available in step 3702, the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 is first started up, the system is reset, etc. In this case, the service tuning table has not yet been created. Therefore, the service tuning table is created after step 2302.
ステップ3703でTS伝送システム情報のパイロットバージョン情報のそパイロットバージョン番号がパイロット情報のバージョン情報のパイロットバージョン番号よりも更新されている場合、パイロット情報が更新されているためサービス選局表も更新する必要があり、ステップ2302以降、サービス選局表の更新を行なう。
If the pilot version number of the pilot version information of the TS transmission system information is updated more than the pilot version number of the version information of the pilot information in step 3703, the pilot information is updated, so the service channel selection table needs to be updated. After step 2302, the service tuning table is updated.
ステップ3704で更新予定日以後の場合、パイロット情報が更新されているためサービス選局表も更新する必要があり、ステップ2302以降、サービス選局表の更新を行なう。
If the update date is after the scheduled update date in step 3704, the service tuning table needs to be updated because the pilot information has been updated, and after step 2302, the service tuning table is updated.
ステップ2302、ステップ2303の動作は図23で説明したとおりである。ステップ2303でパイロット情報としてバージョン情報も抽出しており、ステップ3705でバージョン情報を記憶する。そのあと、ステップ2304でサービス選局表を作成または更新し、記憶する。そして、ステップ2305でサービス表を表示する。
The operations in Step 2302 and Step 2303 are as described in FIG. In step 2303, version information is also extracted as pilot information. In step 3705, version information is stored. Thereafter, in step 2304, a service channel selection table is created or updated and stored. In step 2305, the service table is displayed.
ステップ2305でリアルタイム放送を選択した場合のステップ2306、2307、2308、プッシュキャスト放送を選択した場合のステップ2309、2310、2311、2312、ダウンロード済みを選択した場合のステップ2313、2314のそれぞれの動作は、図23で説明したとおりである。
Steps 2306, 2307, and 2308 when real-time broadcasting is selected in Step 2305, Steps 2309, 2310, 2311, and 2312 when Pushcast broadcasting is selected, and Steps 2313 and 2314 when Downloaded is selected are as follows. As described in FIG.
図37ではリアルタイム放送、プッシュキャスト放送でそれぞれステップ2307、2311で選局、復調したあと、パイロットバージョン情報を抽出、記憶する処理を行なう。リアルタイム放送はステップ3706a、3707a、3708a、プッシュキャスト放送はステップ3706b、3707b、3708bで処理される。それぞれ動作は同じため、添え字a、bを省略して動作説明する。
In FIG. 37, after selecting and demodulating in steps 2307 and 2311 in real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting, pilot version information is extracted and stored. Real-time broadcasting is processed in steps 3706a, 3707a, 3708a, and pushcast broadcasting is processed in steps 3706b, 3707b, 3708b. Since the operations are the same, the operations will be described with the subscripts a and b omitted.
ステップ3706でステップ2307により復調されたTSからデスクランブル1部1928および、デマックス部1909により図36のTS伝送システム情報からパイロットバージョン情報を抽出し、システムデコード部1915によりデコードする。
In step 3706, the pilot version information is extracted from the TS transmission system information of FIG. 36 by the descrambling 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 from the TS demodulated in step 2307, and decoded by the system decoding unit 1915.
ステップ3707でパイロットバージョン情報のパイロットバージョン番号を確認し、以前記憶していたものと比較して更新されていれば、または、以前の記憶がなければステップ3708に進む。
In step 3707, the pilot version number of the pilot version information is confirmed, and if it has been updated as compared with what has been stored previously, or if there is no previous storage, the process proceeds to step 3708.
ステップ3708ではパイロットバージョン情報のパイロットバージョン番号記憶し、ステップ3706へ戻る。
In step 3708, the pilot version number of the pilot version information is stored, and the process returns to step 3706.
ステップ3707でパイロットバージョン情報のパイロットバージョン番号を確認し、以前記憶していたものと同じであれば、ステップ3706へ戻る。
In step 3707, the pilot version number of the pilot version information is confirmed, and if it is the same as previously stored, the process returns to step 3706.
こうして、ステップ3706、3707、3708を繰り返して、常にパイロットバージョン情報を最新のものに更新する。
In this way, steps 3706, 3707, and 3708 are repeated to always update the pilot version information to the latest one.
以上、図37ののデジタル放送受信方法によれば、デジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成を意識することなく受信することができる効果がある。また、バージョン情報を用いパイロット情報のバージョン管理を行なうことで、パイロットバージョン番号が同じ(更新されていない)場合で更新予定日時前の場合には速やかにサービス表を表示することができる効果がある。さらにまた、パイロット放送以外の他の放送のTSにもTS伝送システム情報としてパイロットバージョン情報を設けているので、パイロット放送を受信していなくて他のパイロット放送以外のリアルタイム放送やプッシュキャスト放送を受信している場合に、その受信しているTSからパイロットバージョン情報を入手してパイロット情報の更新確認をすることができる効果がある。
As described above, according to the digital broadcast receiving method of FIG. 37, there is an effect that the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration. Also, version management of pilot information using version information has the effect of promptly displaying the service table when the pilot version number is the same (not updated) and before the scheduled update date and time. . Furthermore, since pilot version information is provided as TS transmission system information in TS of other broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts, real-time broadcasts and push cast broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts are not received. In this case, it is possible to obtain the pilot version information from the received TS and confirm the update of the pilot information.
図38は本発明に係る実施形態9におけるデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。図38は図4で説明したセグメント構成例であり、図38において3801、3802はそれぞれ(a)、(b)のセグメント構成例におけるパイロットセグメントである。
FIG. 38 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission device according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 38 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4. In FIG. 38, reference numerals 3801 and 3802 denote pilot segments in the segment configuration examples (a) and (b), respectively.
パイロットセグメントはパイロット放送を伝送するセグメントであり、1セグメント形式のセグメント、または13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメントとする。図38が図17のセグメント構成例と異なる点は、図38(a)と(b)とでパイロットセグメントの周波数配置をそろえた点である。
The pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment. FIG. 38 differs from the segment configuration example of FIG. 17 in that the frequency arrangement of pilot segments is aligned in FIGS. 38 (a) and 38 (b).
図38(a)の例で、パイロットセグメント3801は[スーパーセグメント4、中心サブチャンネル番号 1]のセグメント、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzであり、図38(b)の例ではパイロットセグメント3802は[スーパーセグメント2、中心サブチャンネル番号19]のセグメント、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzであり、図38(a)と(b)とでパイロットセグメントの周波数配置は同じである。この周波数配置は図38の例ではこの位置に決められている。
In the example of FIG. 38 (a), the pilot segment 3801 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz, and in the example of FIG. The segment 3802 is a segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 19], the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz, and the pilot segment frequency arrangement is the same in FIGS. 38 (a) and (b). is there. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
また、図16のサービスをスーパーセグメントに割り当てる例として、例えば図38(a)の場合は以下とする。
Further, as an example of assigning the service of FIG. 16 to the super segment, for example, in the case of FIG.
スーパーセグメント1:タイプB(1セグメント5個)にリアルタイム放送1603の5個の番組をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、TS2をニュース、TS3を天気、TS4をショッピング、TS5をスポーツ、TS6を教育とする。
Super Segment 1: Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcasting 1603 to each segment format, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sports, TS6 is education To do.
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント1個)にリアルタイム放送1603の1個の番組を1セグメント形式に割り当て、TS7をプレミアムとする。
Super segment 2: One program of real-time broadcast 1603 is assigned to type B (one segment) to one segment format, and TS7 is made premium.
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送1601を割り当て、TS1とする。
Super segment 3: Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and TS1.
スーパーセグメント4:タイプB(1セグメント1個)にパイロット放送1604をパイロットセグメントとして割り当て、TS8とする。
Super segment 4: Pilot broadcast 1604 is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment, and TS8 is set.
スーパーセグメント5:タイプA(13セグメント1個)に混在放送1602を割り当て、TS9とする。
Super segment 5: Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
また図38(b)の場合は以下とする。
In the case of FIG.
スーパーセグメント1:タイプA(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送1601を割り当て、TS1とする。
Super segment 1: Type A (1 13 segments) is assigned pushcast broadcast 1601 to TS1.
スーパーセグメント2:タイプB(1セグメント7個)にリアルタイム放送1603の6個の番組と、パイロットセグメントとしてパイロット放送1604をそれぞれ1セグメント形式に割り当て、TS2をニュース、TS3を天気、TS4をショッピング、TS5をスポーツ、TS6を教育、TS7をプレミアム、TS8をパイロット放送1604とする。
Super segment 2: Type B (seven segments) type 6 (real-time broadcasting 1603) and pilot broadcasting 1604 as pilot segments are assigned to one segment format, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 Are sports, TS6 is education, TS7 is premium, and TS8 is pilot broadcasting 1604.
スーパーセグメント3:タイプA(13セグメント1個)に混在放送1602を割り当て、TS9とする。
Super segment 3: Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment) and TS9.
以上のように図38(a)と(b)の場合においてTSレベルでの放送を同じにする。なお、この割り当ては図2のマルチメディア信号発生部201で行なわれる。
As described above, broadcasting at the TS level is made the same in the cases of FIGS. 38 (a) and (b). This allocation is performed by the multimedia signal generator 201 in FIG.
図38(a)の例では1セグメント形式1個のタイプBスーパーセグメントをパイロットセグメントとし、図17(b)の例では1セグメント形式7個連結のタイプBスーパーセグメントのなかの一つのセグメントをパイロットセグメントとしている。したがって、図38(a)の例ではスーパーセグメント単位に処理を行う場合に適しており、図38(b)の例ではTS単位で処理を行う場合に適している特徴がある。
In the example of FIG. 38 (a), one type B super segment of one segment type is used as a pilot segment, and in the example of FIG. 17 (b), one segment of seven type B super segments connected in one segment type is used as a pilot. It is a segment. Therefore, the example of FIG. 38 (a) is suitable when processing is performed in units of super segments, and the example of FIG. 38 (b) is suitable when processing is performed in units of TS.
図39はパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報の一例である。
FIG. 39 is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
物理チャンネル情報は、物理チャンネル1、2、3の3つの物理チャンネルの周波数を定義する。物理チャンネルの周波数は開始周波数~終了周波数で示してもいいし、物理チャンネル帯域幅が6MHzと決まっているので、開始、終了、中央の周波数で定義してもよい。なお、物理チャンネルの周波数位置は、一部帯域を重複して定義される場合もあり得る。この場合、重なり部分の周波数帯幅は6/14MHzの整数倍となる。
Physical channel information defines the frequencies of three physical channels, physical channels 1, 2, and 3. The frequency of the physical channel may be indicated by a start frequency to an end frequency, and since the physical channel bandwidth is determined to be 6 MHz, it may be defined by the start, end, and center frequencies. Note that the frequency position of the physical channel may be defined by overlapping some bands. In this case, the frequency bandwidth of the overlapping portion is an integral multiple of 6/14 MHz.
スーパーセグメント情報は、スーパーセグメント番号とスーパーセグメント構成を結びつける。スーパーセグメント種類{タイプA(13セグメント)、タイプB(1セグメント)}、連結数、物理チャンネル番号{1、2、3}、中心サブチャンネル番号{0~41}(13セグメントの場合は13セグメントの中心セグメントの値)を示すことで、スーパーセグメント構成とその周波数配置が決定される。
The super segment information links the super segment number and the super segment configuration. Super segment type {type A (13 segments), type B (1 segment)}, number of connections, physical channel numbers {1, 2, 3}, central subchannel number {0 to 41} (13 segments for 13 segments) By indicating the value of the central segment), the super segment configuration and its frequency arrangement are determined.
TS情報はTS番号(図2参照)とスーパーセグメント構成を結びつける。スーパーセグメント番号、スーパーセグメント種類、中心サブチャンネル番号がわかれば、TS番号の伝送セグメントが確定でき、その結果伝送周波数配置がわかる。
TS information associates TS number (see Fig. 2) and super segment structure. If the super segment number, super segment type, and center subchannel number are known, the transmission segment of the TS number can be determined, and as a result, the transmission frequency arrangement can be known.
図40(a)に図38(a)の、図40(b)に図38(b)の物理チャンネル情報、スーパーセグメント情報、TS情報を示す。
FIG. 40 (a) shows the physical channel information, super segment information, and TS information of FIG. 38 (a) and FIG. 40 (b).
図38のパイロット放送であるパイロットセグメントの周波数配置および図39のパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報とすれば、図38(a)と(b)でパイロットセグメントの周波数配置が同じであるため、決められた周波数配置のパイロットセグメントをまず選局して復調することにより、図39のパイロット情報でスーパーセグメント構成を認識することができ、そのため、図38(a)のスーパーセグメント単位に処理を行う場合に適しているスーパーセグメント構成から図38(b)のTS単位で処理を行う場合に適しているスーパーセグメント構成へ、また、図38(b)のTS単位で処理を行う場合に適しているスーパーセグメント構成から図38(a)のスーパーセグメント単位に処理を行う場合に適しているスーパーセグメント構成へ、いつでも変更することができる効果がある。
If the frequency arrangement of the pilot segments which are the pilot broadcasts in FIG. 38 and the pilot information transmitted in the pilot broadcasts in FIG. 39 are the same, the frequency arrangements of the pilot segments are the same in FIGS. 39. First, a pilot segment having a frequency arrangement is selected and demodulated, whereby the super segment configuration can be recognized from the pilot information shown in FIG. 39. Therefore, when processing is performed in units of super segments shown in FIG. To a super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of TS in FIG. 38 (b), and a super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of TS in FIG. 38 (b). From the segment configuration to the super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of super segments in FIG. One even there is an effect that can be changed.
本実施例では、メタデータを用いて番組放送中に番組の視聴情報を収集し、収集した視聴情報を用いて算出した視聴率情報を配信するシステムについて説明する。
In the present embodiment, a system for collecting viewing information of a program during broadcast using metadata and distributing audience rating information calculated using the collected viewing information will be described.
図41は、本発明に係る実施形態10におけるデジタル放送配信のシステム構成を示すブロック図である。図41において図1と同一または相当部分は同一符号で示し、説明を省略する。4101はコンテンツ送出装置、4106は受信装置、4111は視聴率情報集計装置である。
FIG. 41 is a block diagram showing a system configuration of digital broadcast distribution in the tenth embodiment according to the present invention. In FIG. 41, the same or corresponding parts as those in FIG. Reference numeral 4101 denotes a content sending device, 4106 denotes a receiving device, and 4111 denotes an audience rating information totaling device.
コンテンツ送出装置4101はデジタル放送としてコンテンツを送出するデジタル放送送信装置である。リアルタイム放送のコンテンツを送出するときに、送信コンテンツのメタデータとして視聴情報要素(AudienceRating)を多重化して送出する。受信装置4106はデジタル放送を受信するデジタル放送受信装置である。選局した番組のコンテンツのメタデータに視聴情報要素が含まれている場合、ネットワークを介して視聴情報データを視聴率情報集計装置4411へ送信する。また、有線または無線の通信網を用いてネットワークに接続するネットワーク接続機能を備える。視聴率情報集計装置4111は、受信装置4106から送出された視聴情報データを集計し、得られた視聴率情報をコンテンツ送出装置4101に送信する。
The content transmission device 4101 is a digital broadcast transmission device that transmits content as a digital broadcast. When transmitting real-time broadcast content, a viewing information element (AudienceRating) is multiplexed and transmitted as metadata of the transmitted content. A receiving device 4106 is a digital broadcast receiving device that receives a digital broadcast. When the viewing information element is included in the metadata of the content of the selected program, the viewing information data is transmitted to the audience rating information totaling device 4411 via the network. In addition, a network connection function for connecting to a network using a wired or wireless communication network is provided. The audience rating information totaling device 4111 counts the viewing information data sent from the receiving device 4106 and transmits the obtained audience rating information to the content sending device 4101.
コンテンツ送出装置4101の構成は、図2のデジタル放送送信装置の構成と同等である。
The configuration of the content transmission device 4101 is the same as the configuration of the digital broadcast transmission device in FIG.
図42は受信装置4106の構成を示すブロック図である。図42において図19と同一または相当部分は同一符号で示し、説明を省略する。4201はタッチパネルであり、デジタル放送受信装置の操作は、I/O1920を介し、タッチパネル4201で行なうことも可能である。4202はスピーカであり、4203はパネルなどの映像表示部である。スピーカ4202は音声出力1911を介してデジタル放送受信装置の音声を出力し、映像表示部4203は映像出力1914を介してデジタル放送受信装置の映像を表示する。
FIG. 42 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the receiving device 4106. In FIG. 42, the same or corresponding parts as those in FIG. Reference numeral 4201 denotes a touch panel, and the operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus can be performed on the touch panel 4201 via the I / O 1920. Reference numeral 4202 denotes a speaker, and 4203 denotes a video display unit such as a panel. The speaker 4202 outputs the audio of the digital broadcast receiving device via the audio output 1911, and the video display unit 4203 displays the video of the digital broadcast receiving device via the video output 1914.
図43は本実施例に係る受信装置4106のソフトウェア構成例を示すブロック図である。
FIG. 43 is a block diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the reception device 4106 according to the present embodiment.
受信装置4106の機能を実現する制御ソフトウェア4300は受信装置4106のNVRAM1916あるいはROM1917あるいは記録媒体1931に保存されており、実行時はRAM1918に展開されCPU1922で実行される。
The control software 4300 for realizing the function of the receiving device 4106 is stored in the NVRAM 1916, the ROM 1917, or the recording medium 1931 of the receiving device 4106, and is expanded in the RAM 1918 and executed by the CPU 1922 at the time of execution.
制御ソフトウェア4300は、メタデータ抽出部4301、メタデータ解析部4302、番組情報抽出部4303、視聴情報データ生成部4304、受信機登録処理部4305、受信機登録情報生成部4306、受信機登録UI生成部4307、ネットワーク通信処理部4308で構成する。
The control software 4300 includes a metadata extraction unit 4301, a metadata analysis unit 4302, a program information extraction unit 4303, a viewing information data generation unit 4304, a receiver registration processing unit 4305, a receiver registration information generation unit 4306, and a receiver registration UI generation. A unit 4307 and a network communication processing unit 4308 are included.
メタデータ抽出部4301は、受信装置4106のデマックス1909で分離されたメタデータを取得する。
The metadata extraction unit 4301 acquires the metadata separated by the demux 1909 of the receiving device 4106.
メタデータ解析部4302は、メタデータ抽出部4301が取得したメタデータ情報から<ProgramDescription>タグを検知し、番組や視聴率に関する情報が記述された「番組の記述」を抽出する。「番組の記述」には、デジタル放送の番組名等の番組に関する基本的な情報や、視聴情報データを送信する受信装置の情報である受信機データを登録するための、受信機データの送信先を示すURI(Uniform Resource Identifier)である登録受信機データ送信先情報、視聴情報データの送信先を示すURI(Uniform Resource Identifier)である視聴情報データ送信先情報、並びに、番組の視聴率情報などが記述される。メタデータの記述の詳細については後述する。
The metadata analysis unit 4302 detects the <ProgramDescription> tag from the metadata information acquired by the metadata extraction unit 4301, and extracts “program description” in which information about the program and the audience rating is described. In the “program description”, receiver information transmission destination for registering receiver information, which is information on a receiver that transmits basic information on a program such as a program name of digital broadcasting and viewing information data Registered receiver data transmission destination information that is a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) indicating the viewing information data, viewing information data transmission destination information that is a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) indicating the transmission destination of the viewing information data, and the audience rating information of the program Described. Details of the metadata description will be described later.
番組情報抽出部4303は、デジタル放送信号に含まれるEIT(Event Information Table)などから番組名や、番組を特定する識別子などを取得し、受信中の番組を特定する。
The program information extraction unit 4303 acquires a program name, an identifier for identifying a program, and the like from an EIT (Event Information Table) included in the digital broadcast signal, and identifies a program being received.
視聴情報データ生成部4304は、毎分0秒時点で視聴されている番組を番組情報抽出部4303から特定し、視聴率情報集計装置4111に送信するための視聴情報データを生成する。
The viewing information data generation unit 4304 identifies the program being viewed at 0 seconds per minute from the program information extraction unit 4303 and generates viewing information data for transmission to the audience rating information totaling device 4111.
受信機登録処理部4305は、メタデータ解析部4302から抽出した情報内に、登録受信機データ送信先情報を検知し、かつ、登録済みフラグが0の場合に、受信機データを登録受信機データ送信先情報に送信するかどうかユーザに確認する受信機データ送信確認UI(User Interface)を生成するよう受信機登録UI生成部4307に指示する。登録済みフラグは受信装置4106の電源がOFFされた際に、0にリセットされる。
The receiver registration processing unit 4305 detects the registered receiver data transmission destination information in the information extracted from the metadata analysis unit 4302, and when the registered flag is 0, the receiver registration data is registered receiver data. The receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 is instructed to generate a receiver data transmission confirmation UI (User-Interface) that confirms to the user whether to transmit to the destination information. The registered flag is reset to 0 when the power of the receiving device 4106 is turned off.
受信機登録情報生成部4306は、受信機データを登録受信機データ送信先情報に送信するとユーザが指定した場合に、受信装置4106を視聴率情報集計装置が一意に特定できるID情報を含む受信機データを作成し、ネットワーク通信処理部4308に対し出力する。
The receiver registration information generation unit 4306 includes a receiver that includes ID information that allows the audience rating information aggregating apparatus to uniquely identify the receiver 4106 when the user specifies that the receiver data is transmitted to the registered receiver data transmission destination information. Data is generated and output to the network communication processing unit 4308.
受信機登録UI生成部4307は、受信機登録処理部4305から指示された場合に、受信機データ受信機データ送信確認UIを生成し、受信装置4106のディスプレイ4205に表示する。さらに、受信機データが視聴率集計装置4111に対して正常に送信できた場合の正常応答UI、送信に失敗した場合のエラー応答UIを受信装置4106のディスプレイ4205に表示する。
When instructed by the receiver registration processing unit 4305, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates a receiver data receiver data transmission confirmation UI and displays it on the display 4205 of the reception device 4106. Further, a normal response UI when the receiver data can be normally transmitted to the audience rating totaling apparatus 4111 and an error response UI when the transmission fails are displayed on the display 4205 of the receiving apparatus 4106.
ネットワーク通信処理部4308は、通信I/F1919を介してネットワークに接続された視聴率情報集計装置4111とデータの送受信を行う。
The network communication processing unit 4308 transmits / receives data to / from the audience rating information totaling device 4111 connected to the network via the communication I / F 1919.
図44は本実施例による視聴率情報集計装置4111の構成を示すブロック図である。
FIG. 44 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 according to this embodiment.
4401は中央演算処理部(CPU)、4402は主メモリであるRAM(Random Access Memory)、4403はブートプログラム等が格納されているROM(Read Only Memory)、4404はプログラムやデータ等を記録する記録媒体、4405はインターネットなどのネットワークと接続するネットワーク通信I/F、4406は入出力部(以下、I/O)、4407は画面の表示を行う画面出力部、4408はシステムバス、4409はI/O4406に接続された外部入力装置の一つであるキーボード、4410はI/O4406に接続された外部入力装置の一つであるマウス、4411は画面出力部4407に接続された外部ディスプレイである。
4401 is a central processing unit (CPU), 4402 is a RAM (Random Access 、 4Memory), which is a main memory, 4403 is a ROM (Read Only 等 Memory) in which a boot program is stored, 4404 is a record for recording a program, data, and the like. 4405 is an input / output unit (hereinafter referred to as I / O), 4407 is a screen output unit for displaying a screen, 4408 is a system bus, and 4409 is an I / O. A keyboard that is one of the external input devices connected to the O4406, a mouse 4410 that is one of the external input devices connected to the I / O 4406, and an external display that is connected to the screen output unit 4407.
図45はコンテンツに多重化して送出されるメタデータの一例を示す図である。メタデータ4501は番組視聴率に関する情報を提供するコンテンツ記述メタデータである。ここではXML(Extensible Markup Language)で記述した場合を例に説明する。メタデータ4501は番組毎に生成し、番組コンテンツに多重化して所定の時間毎に繰り返し送出される。
FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of metadata transmitted after being multiplexed with content. Metadata 4501 is content description metadata that provides information about the program audience rating. Here, a description will be given taking as an example a case of description in XML (Extensible Markup Language). The metadata 4501 is generated for each program, multiplexed with the program content, and repeatedly transmitted every predetermined time.
4502はXML宣言である。<TVAMain>タグはコンテンツ記述メタデータのルート要素4603を示すタグである。<TVAMain>タグから</TVAMain>タグで囲まれた部分にコンテンツ記述メタデータの内容を記述する。
4502 is an XML declaration. The <TVAMain> tag is a tag indicating the root element 4603 of the content description metadata. The content description metadata is described from the <TVAMain> tag to the part enclosed by the </ TVAMain> tag.
4503はコンテンツ記述メタデータのデータ記述部である。
4503 is a data description part of content description metadata.
<ProgramDescription>タグはコンテンツ記述メタデータの内容が「番組の記述」であることを示すタグである。受信機は、<ProgramDescription>タグによってコンテンツ記述メタデータの内容の種類を判別できる。この他、内容の種類を示すタグとしては「視聴者の嗜好または、コンテンツ利用履歴の記述」を示す<UserDescription>などを定義する。
The <ProgramDescription> tag is a tag indicating that the content of the content description metadata is “program description”. The receiver can determine the type of content description metadata by the <ProgramDescription> tag. In addition, <UserDescription> indicating “viewer preference or content usage history description” is defined as a tag indicating the type of content.
本実施例では「番組の記述」の情報として、「番組情報の記述」を持ち、「番組視聴率に関する情報の記述」は「番組情報の記述」内の一つの要素として定義し、記述する。
In this embodiment, “program information description” is provided as “program description” information, and “program audience information description” is defined and described as one element in “program information description”.
<ProgramInformationTable>タグはこのメタデータが「番組情報の記述」を持つことを示すタグである。「番組情報の記述」は<ProgramInformation>タグで記述する。<ProgramInformation>タグは属性情報として番組を一意に識別するIDであるprogramId5808を持つ。programId5808の「aaa」部分は放送事業者を一意に識別する情報が記述される。例えば"hitachi.com"のようなドメイン名などが設定される。programId5808の「bbb」部分は1つの放送事業者内で、番組を一意に識別する識別子が設定される。例えば、"<放送日時>/<コンテンツのカテゴリ>/<サービスID>/<イベントID>"の様に"/"で区切って放送日時、コンテンツのカテゴリ、サービスID、イベントIDなどで構成する。<放送日時>はYYMMDDの書式で記述する。<コンテンツのカテゴリ>はリアルタイム型放送や蓄積型放送などを示す。リアルタイム型放送はrt、蓄積型放送はfdと記述する。これらの情報はデジタル放送信号に含まれる放送番組と共に送出される情報でもあり、受信中の番組についての情報を番組情報抽出部4303で取得できる。そのため、programId5808を前記のような構成にすることで、受信中の番組と取得したコンテンツ記述メタデータの対応付けが容易になる。
The <ProgramInformationTable> tag is a tag indicating that this metadata has “program information description”. “Program information description” is described by a <ProgramInformation> tag. The <ProgramInformation> tag has programId5808 which is an ID for uniquely identifying a program as attribute information. In the “aaa” portion of programId5808, information for uniquely identifying the broadcaster is described. For example, a domain name such as "hitachi.com" is set. The “bbb” portion of programId 5808 is set with an identifier for uniquely identifying a program within one broadcaster. For example, “<broadcast date / time> / <content category> / <service ID> / <event ID>” is separated by “/” and configured with the broadcast date / time, content category, service ID, event ID, and the like. <Broadcast date> is described in the YYMMDD format. <Content category> indicates real-time broadcasting or storage broadcasting. Real-time broadcasting is described as rt, and storage broadcasting is described as fd. These pieces of information are also information transmitted together with the broadcast program included in the digital broadcast signal, and information about the program being received can be acquired by the program information extraction unit 4303. Therefore, by configuring the programId 5808 as described above, the program being received can be easily associated with the acquired content description metadata.
<ProgramInformation>タグは要素タグとして<BasicDescription>タグ(番組基本情報記述部)4504、<ViewInformation>タグ(視聴データ収集情報記述部)4505、<ViewRegistration>タグ(登録先情報記述部)4506、<RatingInformation>タグ(視聴率情報記述部)4507を持つ。
<ProgramInformation> tag is an element tag as <BasicDescription> tag (program basic information description part) 4504, <ViewInformation> tag (viewing data collection information description part) 4505, <ViewRegistration> tag (registration destination information description part) 4506, <RatingInformation > Has a tag (viewing rate information description part) 4507
<BasicDescription>タグ(番組基本情報記述部)4504は、番組に関する基本的情報が記述することを示すタグである。番組基本情報記述部4504は要素タグとして、<Title>タグなどを持つ。<Title>タグは番組名を表し、<Title>タグから</Title>タグで囲まれた部分に番組名が記述される。
<BasicDescription> tag (program basic information description part) 4504 is a tag indicating that basic information about a program is described. The program basic information description unit 4504 has a <Title> tag as an element tag. The <Title> tag represents a program name, and the program name is described in a portion surrounded by the <Title> tag and the </ Title> tag.
<ViewInformation>タグ(視聴データ収集情報記述部)4505は、視聴に関する情報を収集するための情報を記述することを示すタグある。視聴データ収集情報記述部4505は要素タグとして<ServerUri>タグなどを持つ。<ServerUri>タグには番組の視聴情報データの送信先を示すURIである視聴情報データ送信先情報が記述される。
<ViewInformation> tag (viewing data collection information description section) 4505 is a tag indicating that information for collecting information related to viewing is described. The viewing data collection information description unit 4505 has a <ServerUri> tag as an element tag. In the <ServerUri> tag, viewing information data transmission destination information which is a URI indicating the transmission destination of the viewing information data of the program is described.
<ViewRegistration>タグ(登録先情報記述部)4506は、視聴情報を提供する受信機を登録するための情報を記述することを示すタグある。登録先情報記述部4506は要素タグとして<ServerUri>タグなどを持つ。<ServerUri>タグには視聴情報を提供する受信機を登録するための、受信機登録データの送信先を示すURIである受信機登録データ送信先情報が記述される。
<ViewRegistration> tag (registration destination information description part) 4506 is a tag indicating that information for registering a receiver that provides viewing information is described. The registration destination information description unit 4506 has a <ServerUri> tag as an element tag. In the <ServerUri> tag, receiver registration data transmission destination information which is a URI indicating a transmission destination of receiver registration data for registering a receiver that provides viewing information is described.
<RatingInformation>(視聴率情報記述部)4507は、programId5808で示された番組の視聴率情報を記述することを示すタグある。<RatingInformation>タグは番組の視聴率情報に関する情報を記述する。視聴率情報記述部)4507は、要素タグとして、<Time>タグ、<Ratio>タグなどを持つ。<Time>タグはどの時刻の番組の視聴率の算出にしようした時間帯を記述する。通常は最新の視聴率を示す時間帯を記述する。
<Ratio>タグには毎分0秒のときの視聴率(毎分視聴率)の値が記述される。最大値を100とするパーセント表示の数値を小数点以下一桁まで記述する。
なお、視聴率情報が無い場合は、このタグはコンテンツ記述メタデータに含まれない。 <RatingInformation> (viewing rate information description part) 4507 is a tag indicating that the rating information of the program indicated by programId5808 is described. The <RatingInformation> tag describes information related to audience rating information of the program. (Viewing rate information description part) 4507 has <Time> tag, <Ratio> tag, etc. as element tags. The <Time> tag describes the time zone used to calculate the audience rating of the program at any time. Usually, the time zone indicating the latest audience rating is described.
The <Ratio> tag describes the value of the audience rating (every minute audience rating) at 0 seconds per minute. Describe the numerical value in percentage display with the maximum value being 100, up to one decimal place.
When there is no audience rating information, this tag is not included in the content description metadata.
<Ratio>タグには毎分0秒のときの視聴率(毎分視聴率)の値が記述される。最大値を100とするパーセント表示の数値を小数点以下一桁まで記述する。
なお、視聴率情報が無い場合は、このタグはコンテンツ記述メタデータに含まれない。 <RatingInformation> (viewing rate information description part) 4507 is a tag indicating that the rating information of the program indicated by programId5808 is described. The <RatingInformation> tag describes information related to audience rating information of the program. (Viewing rate information description part) 4507 has <Time> tag, <Ratio> tag, etc. as element tags. The <Time> tag describes the time zone used to calculate the audience rating of the program at any time. Usually, the time zone indicating the latest audience rating is described.
The <Ratio> tag describes the value of the audience rating (every minute audience rating) at 0 seconds per minute. Describe the numerical value in percentage display with the maximum value being 100, up to one decimal place.
When there is no audience rating information, this tag is not included in the content description metadata.
図46は、受信装置4106を、視聴情報を提供する受信機として登録するための登録処理のフロー図である。登録処理はデジタル放送の視聴中で、且つ、受信機がまだ登録されていない場合、すなわち、登録済みフラグの値が0の場合にのみ実行される。
FIG. 46 is a flowchart of a registration process for registering the receiving device 4106 as a receiver that provides viewing information. The registration process is executed only when the digital broadcast is being viewed and the receiver has not yet been registered, that is, when the value of the registered flag is 0.
受信装置4106がデジタル放送の視聴を開始すると、 受信機登録処理部4305はメタデータ4501内に登録先情報記述部4506が存在するかをメタデータの<ViewRegistration>を検知して判断する。(ステップ4601)。受信機登録データ送信先情報を検知した場合、受信機登録処理部4305は、登録先情報記述部4506内の<ServerURI>タグを検出し、「受信機登録データ送信先情報」を取得する(ステップ4602)。受信機登録処理部4305は、受信機登録UI生成部4307に受信機データ受信機データ送信確認UIの生成を要求し、ディスプレイ4205に表示させる(ステップ4603)。受信機データ送信確認UIの表示例を図54(a)に示す。5401は受信機データを送信すること確認するメッセージである。受信機データを送信する場合、ユーザは5402の「登録する」ボタンを選択する。受信機データを送信しない場合、ユーザは5403の「キャンセル」ボタンを選択する。受信機登録処理部4305は、受信機データ送信確認UIのどのボタンが選択されたかを判定する(ステップ4604)。「キャンセル」ボタン5403が選択された場合は、処理を終了する。「登録する」ボタン5402が選択された場合、受信機登録情報生成部4306は、登録する受信機データを生成し、ネットワーク通信処理部4308を介して視聴率情報集計装置4111に送信する。送信先の情報はステップ4602で取得した受信機登録データ送信先である(ステップ4605)。視聴率情報集計装置4111に送信された受信機データに対する登録完了応答を所定のタイムアウト時間内に受信できたかどうかを判定する(ステップ4606)。登録完了応答を受信した場合、登録済みフラグを1に設定する(ステップ4607)。登録完了応答を受信した場合、受信機登録UI生成部4307は正常応答UI(図54(b))を生成し、ディスプレイ4205に表示し、登録処理を終了する(ステップ4608)。登録完了応答を受信できなかった場合、受信機登録UI生成部4307はエラー応答UI(図54(c))を生成し、ディスプレイ4205に表示し、未登録のまま登録処理を終了する(ステップ4608)。
When the receiving device 4106 starts viewing the digital broadcast, the receiver registration processing unit 4305 determines whether the registration destination information description unit 4506 exists in the metadata 4501 by detecting <ViewRegistration> of the metadata. (Step 4601). When the receiver registration data transmission destination information is detected, the receiver registration processing unit 4305 detects the <ServerURI> tag in the registration destination information description unit 4506, and acquires “receiver registration data transmission destination information” (step S3). 4602). The receiver registration processing unit 4305 requests the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 to generate a receiver data receiver data transmission confirmation UI, and displays it on the display 4205 (step 4603). A display example of the receiver data transmission confirmation UI is shown in FIG. Reference numeral 5401 denotes a message for confirming transmission of receiver data. When transmitting receiver data, the user selects the “Register” button 5402. If the receiver data is not transmitted, the user selects the “Cancel” button 5403. The receiver registration processing unit 4305 determines which button of the receiver data transmission confirmation UI has been selected (step 4604). If the “Cancel” button 5403 is selected, the process ends. When the “Register” button 5402 is selected, the receiver registration information generating unit 4306 generates receiver data to be registered, and transmits the receiver data to the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 via the network communication processing unit 4308. The information of the transmission destination is the receiver registration data transmission destination acquired in step 4602 (step 4605). It is determined whether a registration completion response to the receiver data transmitted to the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 has been received within a predetermined timeout time (step 4606). When the registration completion response is received, the registered flag is set to 1 (step 4607). When the registration completion response is received, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates a normal response UI (FIG. 54B), displays it on the display 4205, and ends the registration process (step 4608). When the registration completion response cannot be received, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates an error response UI (FIG. 54 (c)), displays the error response UI on the display 4205, and ends the registration process without being registered (step 4608). ).
図47は、受信装置4106による視聴情報データの生成、送信処理のフロー図である。生成、送信処理フローは毎分0秒に実行される。
47 is a flowchart of viewing information data generation and transmission processing by the receiving device 4106. FIG. The generation and transmission process flow is executed at 0 second per minute.
視聴情報データ生成部4304は、処理実行時の時刻を取得する。 (ステップ4701)。番組情報抽出部4303から視聴中の番組の識別情報であるサービスIDとイベントIDを取得する。(ステップ4702)。視聴情報データ生成部4304はメタデータ解析部4302から視聴中の番組に対応するメタデータを取得する。このとき、検索引数としてステップ4702で取得したサービスIDとイベントIDを渡す。メタデータ解析部4302は<ProgramInformation>タグの<programId>4508と渡された引数サービスIDとイベントIDを比較して、要求されたメタデータを返す。
視聴情報データ生成部4304は取得したメタデータから、視聴データ収集情報記述部4505を<ViewInformation>タグを検知して抽出し、<ServerUri>タグに記述された「視聴情報データ送信先情報」を取得する(ステップ4703)。視聴情報データ生成部4304は図48に示す視聴情報データを生成する(ステップ4704)。視聴情報データ生成部4304は生成した視聴データを、ステップ4703で抽出した視聴情報データ送信先に対し、ネットワーク通信処理部4308を介して送信する(ステップ4705)。 The viewing informationdata generation unit 4304 acquires the time when the process is executed. (Step 4701). The service ID and event ID, which are identification information of the program being viewed, are acquired from the program information extraction unit 4303. (Step 4702). The viewing information data generation unit 4304 acquires metadata corresponding to the program being viewed from the metadata analysis unit 4302. At this time, the service ID and event ID acquired in step 4702 are passed as search arguments. The metadata analysis unit 4302 compares the <programId> 4508 of the <ProgramInformation> tag with the argument service ID and the event ID that have been passed, and returns the requested metadata.
The viewing informationdata generation unit 4304 extracts the viewing data collection information description unit 4505 from the acquired metadata by detecting the <ViewInformation> tag, and acquires “viewing information data transmission destination information” described in the <ServerUri> tag. (Step 4703). The viewing information data generation unit 4304 generates the viewing information data shown in FIG. 48 (step 4704). The viewing information data generation unit 4304 transmits the generated viewing data to the viewing information data transmission destination extracted in step 4703 via the network communication processing unit 4308 (step 4705).
視聴情報データ生成部4304は取得したメタデータから、視聴データ収集情報記述部4505を<ViewInformation>タグを検知して抽出し、<ServerUri>タグに記述された「視聴情報データ送信先情報」を取得する(ステップ4703)。視聴情報データ生成部4304は図48に示す視聴情報データを生成する(ステップ4704)。視聴情報データ生成部4304は生成した視聴データを、ステップ4703で抽出した視聴情報データ送信先に対し、ネットワーク通信処理部4308を介して送信する(ステップ4705)。 The viewing information
The viewing information
図48は視聴情報データの一例を示す図である。ここではXML(Extensible Markup Language)で記述した場合を例に説明する。視聴情報データ4801はXMLで記述され、4802はXML宣言である。<ViewInformationTable>は受信装置4106の視聴情報に関するテーブルを記述するための要素(タグ)である。<ViewInformationTable>タグは<ViewInformation>タグを持ち、1つの< ViewInformationTable>タグ内に複数の<ViewInformation>タグを記述することができる。<ViewInformation>タグは番組毎の視聴情報を記述するための要素(タグ)である。<ViewInformation>タグは、<programId>タグ、<Time>タグ、<ReceiverId>タグを持つ。<programId>タグは視聴番組のチャンネル情報を記述するタグであり、コンテンツ送出装置4101から送出されるメタデータ4501内の<ProgramInformation>タグの属性情報のprogramId4508を利用する。<Time>タグは、この視聴情報データをとった時刻を示す。時刻はYYYY-MMDDThh:mm:ss形式で記述する。YYYYは4桁の年、MMは2桁の月、DDは2桁の日、hhは2桁の時、mmは2桁の分、ssは必ず00、で表わされる。<ReceiverId>タグは、受信装置4106を一意に特定する受信機データと同じものを記述する。
FIG. 48 is a diagram showing an example of viewing information data. Here, a description will be given taking as an example a case of description in XML (Extensible Markup Language). The viewing information data 4801 is described in XML, and 4802 is an XML declaration. <ViewInformationTable> is an element (tag) for describing a table related to viewing information of the receiving device 4106. The <ViewInformationTable> tag has a <ViewInformation> tag, and a plurality of <ViewInformation> tags can be described in one <ViewInformationTable> tag. The <ViewInformation> tag is an element (tag) for describing viewing information for each program. <ViewInformation> tag has <programId> tag, <Time> tag, and <ReceiverId> tag. The <programId> tag is a tag that describes channel information of a viewing program, and uses the programId 4508 of attribute information of the <ProgramInformation> tag in the metadata 4501 transmitted from the content transmission apparatus 4101. The <Time> tag indicates the time when the viewing information data was taken. The time is described in the YYYY-MMDDThh: mm: ss format. YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit month, DD is a 2-digit day, hh is a 2-digit hour, mm is a 2-digit minute, and ss is always 00. The <ReceiverId> tag describes the same receiver data that uniquely identifies the receiving device 4106.
図49は、受信機登録情報生成部4306が生成し、送信する受信機データの一例を示す図である。ここではXMLで記述した場合を例に説明する。
FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an example of receiver data generated and transmitted by the receiver registration information generation unit 4306. Here, a description will be given by taking an example described in XML.
受信機データ4901はXMLで記述され、4902はXML宣言である。<ViewRegistrationTable>は受信装置4106の受信機情報に関するテーブルを記述するための要素(タグ)である。<ViewRegistrationTable>タグは<ViewRegistration>タグを持つ。<ViewRegistration>タグは、受信装置4106を一意に特定するための情報を記述するための要素(タグ)である。<ViewRegistration>タグは、<ReceiverId>タグを持つ。<ReceiverId>タグは受信装置4106を位置に特定するための情報を記述する。具体的には、携帯電話の場合であれば電話番号、メールアドレス等がこれにあたる。
Receiver data 4901 is described in XML, and 4902 is an XML declaration. <ViewRegistrationTable> is an element (tag) for describing a table related to receiver information of the receiving device 4106. The <ViewRegistrationTable> tag has a <ViewRegistration> tag. The <ViewRegistration> tag is an element (tag) for describing information for uniquely identifying the receiving device 4106. The <ViewRegistration> tag has a <ReceiverId> tag. The <ReceiverId> tag describes information for identifying the receiving device 4106 as a position. Specifically, in the case of a mobile phone, a telephone number, an e-mail address, etc. correspond to this.
図50は、視聴率情報集計装置4111のソフトウェア構成例を示した図である。
FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the audience rating information totaling device 4111.
視聴率情報集計装置4111の機能を実現する制御ソフトウェアは視聴率情報集計装置4111のRAM4402あるいはROM4403あるいは記録媒体4404に保存されており、実行時はRAM4402に展開されCPU4401で実行される。
Control software that realizes the function of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 is stored in the RAM 4402, the ROM 4403, or the recording medium 4404 of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111, and is expanded in the RAM 4402 and executed by the CPU 4401 at the time of execution.
図50で示すソフトウェアは、視聴情報データ受信処理部5001、受信機データ受信処理部5002、視聴率情報算出部5003、視聴率情報提供部5004で構成する。
50 includes a viewing information data reception processing unit 5001, a receiver data reception processing unit 5002, an audience rating information calculation unit 5003, and an audience rating information provision unit 5004.
視聴情報データ受信処理部5001で処理されるフローについて図55を用いて説明する。
The flow processed by the viewing information data reception processing unit 5001 will be described with reference to FIG.
視聴情報報データ受信処理部5001は視聴情報データ4801をネットワーク通信処理部4308から受信する(ステップ5501)。視聴情報データ4801から<programId>情報、<Time>情報、<ReceiverId>情報を抽出する(ステップ5502)。ステップ5502で抽出した<ReceiverId>情報が、受信機データとして既に登録されている<ReceiverId>情報が存在するか判定する(ステップ5503)。<ReceiverId>情報が既に登録されていて、かつ、<programId>情報と<Time>情報と<ReceiverId>情報との組み合わせが重複した視聴情報データが既に保存されているかどうかを判定する(ステップ5504)。重複していない、つまり新規の視聴情報データの場合、受信した視聴情報データを記憶媒体4404に保存する(ステップ5505)。登録されていない<ReceiverId>情報の視聴情報データを受信した場合、または、重複した視聴情報データが既に保存されていた場合は受信した視聴情報データを破棄する(ステップ5506)。
Viewing information report data reception processing unit 5001 receives viewing information data 4801 from network communication processing unit 4308 (step 5501). <ProgramId> information, <Time> information, and <ReceiverId> information are extracted from the viewing information data 4801 (step 5502). It is determined whether the <ReceiverId> information extracted in step 5502 includes <ReceiverId> information already registered as receiver data (step 5503). It is determined whether or not <ReceiverId> information has already been registered and viewing information data in which a combination of <programId> information, <Time> information, and <ReceiverId> information is duplicated is already stored (step 5504). . If there is no overlap, that is, new viewing information data, the received viewing information data is stored in the storage medium 4404 (step 5505). When viewing information data of <ReceiverId> information that is not registered is received, or when duplicate viewing information data is already stored, the received viewing information data is discarded (step 5506).
受信機データ受信処理部5002で処理されるフローについて図56を用いて説明する。受信機データ受信処理部5002は受信機データ4901をネットワーク通信処理部4308から受信する(ステップ5601)。受信機データ4901から<ReceiverId>情報を抽出する(ステップ5602)。<ReceiverId>情報が重複した視聴情報データが既に保存されているかどうかを判定する(5603)。重複していない、つまり新規の受信機データの場合、受信した受信機データを記憶媒体4404に保存する(ステップ5604)。重複した受信機データが既に保存されていた場合、受信した受信機データを破棄する(ステップ5605)。受信機データを保存した場合は正常応答、破棄した場合はエラー応答を受信機に対してネットワーク経由で送信する(ステップ5606)。
The flow processed by the receiver data reception processing unit 5002 will be described with reference to FIG. The receiver data reception processing unit 5002 receives the receiver data 4901 from the network communication processing unit 4308 (step 5601). <ReceiverId> information is extracted from the receiver data 4901 (step 5602). It is determined whether or not the viewing information data in which the <ReceiverId> information is duplicated is already stored (5603). If there is no overlap, that is, new receiver data, the received receiver data is stored in the storage medium 4404 (step 5604). If duplicate receiver data has already been stored, the received receiver data is discarded (step 5605). When the receiver data is stored, a normal response is transmitted, and when it is discarded, an error response is transmitted to the receiver via the network (step 5606).
視聴率情報算出部5003で処理されるフローについて図57を用いて説明する。視聴率情報算出部5003は所定のタイミングまで待機し、処理を実行する。ここでの所定のタイミングとは時刻が00秒となる1分周期を最小単位とし、処理負荷や必要に応じて、5分周期や10分周期と変更してもよい。本実施例では5分周期の場合を例に説明する。
The flow processed by the audience rating information calculation unit 5003 will be described with reference to FIG. The audience rating information calculation unit 5003 waits until a predetermined timing and executes processing. Here, the predetermined timing may be changed to a 1-minute period at which the time is 00 seconds as a minimum unit, and may be changed to a 5-minute period or a 10-minute period as necessary. In this embodiment, a case of a 5-minute cycle will be described as an example.
5分周期で時刻が00秒になる視聴率算出タイミングを判定する(ステップ5701)。視聴率算出タイミングになった場合、このタイミングから1分前の時刻が00秒になる<Time>情報を持つ視聴情報データの数を<programId>情報毎に集計した数を分子とし、受信機データから登録された<ReceiverId>の数を分母とし、最大値を100とするパーセント表示の数値を番組の視聴率として小数点以下一桁まで算出する(ステップ5702)。この視聴率を、コンテンツ送出装置4401に視聴率集計データとして送信する(ステップ5703)。
視聴率情報提供部5004は、視聴率情報算出部5003で算出された視聴率集計データを、メタデータ4507と同じ書式に変換し、ネットワーク通信処理部4308を経由してコンテンツ送出装置4101に送信する。視聴率情報提供部5004で送信するデータをXMLで記述した場合の一例を図58に示す。視聴率集計データ5801はXMLで記述され、5802はXML宣言である。<ProgramInformation>タグで記述される番組毎の視聴率データ5803、5804、5805はそれぞれ、異なるprogramId属性情報を持ち、番組毎に一意に特定できる。<RatingInformation>情報内の<Time>情報は全て同じタイミングの視聴率を集計したため、同じである。<Ratio>情報は<programId>情報毎の視聴率が記述されている。 The audience rating calculation timing at which the time is 00 seconds in a 5-minute cycle is determined (step 5701). When the audience rating calculation timing is reached, thetime 1 minute before this timing is 00 seconds. The number of viewing information data with <Time> information is counted for each <programId> information as the numerator, and the receiver data The number of <ReceiverId> registered from 1 is used as a denominator, and a numerical value in percentage display with a maximum value of 100 is calculated as a viewing rate of the program to one decimal place (step 5702). This audience rating is transmitted to the content transmission device 4401 as audience rating aggregate data (step 5703).
The audience ratinginformation providing unit 5004 converts the audience rating aggregated data calculated by the audience rating information calculating unit 5003 into the same format as the metadata 4507, and transmits it to the content transmission apparatus 4101 via the network communication processing unit 4308. . FIG. 58 shows an example when the data to be transmitted by the audience rating information providing unit 5004 is described in XML. The audience rating total data 5801 is described in XML, and 5802 is an XML declaration. The audience rating data 5803, 5804, and 5805 for each program described by the <ProgramInformation> tag has different programId attribute information, and can be uniquely specified for each program. The <Time> information in the <RatingInformation> information is the same because all the audience ratings at the same timing are totaled. The <Ratio> information describes the audience rating for each <programId> information.
視聴率情報提供部5004は、視聴率情報算出部5003で算出された視聴率集計データを、メタデータ4507と同じ書式に変換し、ネットワーク通信処理部4308を経由してコンテンツ送出装置4101に送信する。視聴率情報提供部5004で送信するデータをXMLで記述した場合の一例を図58に示す。視聴率集計データ5801はXMLで記述され、5802はXML宣言である。<ProgramInformation>タグで記述される番組毎の視聴率データ5803、5804、5805はそれぞれ、異なるprogramId属性情報を持ち、番組毎に一意に特定できる。<RatingInformation>情報内の<Time>情報は全て同じタイミングの視聴率を集計したため、同じである。<Ratio>情報は<programId>情報毎の視聴率が記述されている。 The audience rating calculation timing at which the time is 00 seconds in a 5-minute cycle is determined (step 5701). When the audience rating calculation timing is reached, the
The audience rating
視聴率データを受信したコンテンツ送出装置は、視聴率データ5803、5804、5805をそのままメタデータ4507として利用することができる。
The content transmission apparatus that has received the audience rating data can use the audience rating data 5803, 5804, and 5805 as metadata 4507 as they are.
本実施例により、視聴率情報集計装置は受信機からの視聴情報データを番組放送中にほぼリアルタイムで取得可能である。また、取得した視聴率情報を集計し、随時コンテンツ送出装置に提供する。これにより、コンテンツを送出する放送事業者は放送した番組の視聴率をほぼリアルタイムで得ることが可能となる。
According to the present embodiment, the audience rating information totaling apparatus can obtain the viewing information data from the receiver almost in real time during the program broadcast. Moreover, the acquired audience rating information is totaled and provided to the content transmission apparatus as needed. As a result, a broadcaster that sends out content can obtain the viewing rate of the broadcasted program almost in real time.
本実施例では、受信機4106がメタデータを用いて配信される番組の視聴率情報を受信し、ユーザに提示する場合について説明する。
In this embodiment, a case where the receiver 4106 receives audience rating information of a program distributed using metadata and presents it to the user will be described.
図51は、本実施例に係る受信装置4106のソフトウェア構成例を示す図である。
FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the reception device 4106 according to the present embodiment.
視聴率情報抽出部5101は、メタデータ解析部4302から抽出したメタデータ4501の<RatingInformation>情報4507を抽出する。
The audience rating information extraction unit 5101 extracts <RatingInformation> information 4507 of the metadata 4501 extracted from the metadata analysis unit 4302.
図52はメタデータ4501から視聴率情報を取得しユーザに提示する処理フローを示す図である。
FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a processing flow for obtaining audience rating information from the metadata 4501 and presenting it to the user.
番組情報抽出部4303は現在の視聴中の番組情報を取得し、視聴率情報抽出部5101はメタデータ4507から<Ratio>情報をを抽出する(ステップ5201)。<Ratio>の視聴率情報を受信装置4106のディスプレイ4205の右上部に表示する(ステップ5202)。
The program information extraction unit 4303 acquires the currently viewed program information, and the audience rating information extraction unit 5101 extracts <Ratio> information from the metadata 4507 (step 5201). The audience rating information of <Ratio> is displayed in the upper right part of the display 4205 of the receiving device 4106 (step 5202).
図53は、受信装置4106のディスプレイ4205に表示される視聴率情報の表示例を示す図である。番組と同時に、画面の右上部に視聴率情報を表示する。
FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a display example of audience rating information displayed on the display 4205 of the reception device 4106. At the same time as the program, audience rating information is displayed in the upper right part of the screen.
本実施例により、視聴率情報集計装置は受信機からの視聴情報データを番組放送中にほぼリアルタイムで取得可能である。また、取得した視聴率情報を集計し、随時コンテンツ送出装置に提供する。これにより、コンテンツを送出する放送事業者は放送した番組の視聴率をほぼリアルタイムで得ることが可能となる。更に、コンテンツ送出装置は取得した視聴率情報をコンテンツのメタデータとしてデジタル放送波で送出する。これにより、ユーザは視聴している番組の視聴率をほぼリアルタイムで知ることが可能となる。
According to the present embodiment, the audience rating information totaling apparatus can obtain the viewing information data from the receiver almost in real time during the program broadcast. Moreover, the acquired audience rating information is totaled and provided to the content transmission apparatus as needed. As a result, a broadcaster that sends out content can obtain the viewing rate of the broadcasted program almost in real time. Further, the content transmission device transmits the acquired audience rating information as content metadata by digital broadcast waves. Thereby, the user can know the audience rating of the program being viewed in almost real time.
なお、本発明は上記した実施例に限定されるものではなく、様々な変形例が含まれる。例えば、上記した実施例は本発明を分かりやすく説明するために詳細に説明したものであり、必ずしも説明した全ての構成を備えるものに限定されるものではない。また、ある実施例の構成の一部を他の実施例の構成に置き換えることが可能であり、また、ある実施例の構成に他の実施例の構成を加えることも可能である。また、各実施例の構成の一部について、他の構成の追加・削除・置換をすることが可能である。
また、上記の各構成、機能、処理部、処理手段等は、それらの一部又は全部を、例えば集積回路で設計する等によりハードウェアで実現してもよい。また、上記の各構成、機能等は、プロセッサがそれぞれの機能を実現するプログラムを解釈し、実行することによりソフトウェアで実現してもよい。各機能を実現するプログラム、テーブル、ファイル等の情報は、メモリや、ハードディスク、SSD(Solid State Drive)等の記録装置、または、ICカード、SDカード、DVD等の記録媒体に置くことができる。 In addition, this invention is not limited to an above-described Example, Various modifications are included. For example, the above-described embodiments have been described in detail for easy understanding of the present invention, and are not necessarily limited to those having all the configurations described. Further, a part of the configuration of one embodiment can be replaced with the configuration of another embodiment, and the configuration of another embodiment can be added to the configuration of one embodiment. Further, it is possible to add, delete, and replace other configurations for a part of the configuration of each embodiment.
Each of the above-described configurations, functions, processing units, processing means, and the like may be realized by hardware by designing a part or all of them with, for example, an integrated circuit. Each of the above-described configurations, functions, and the like may be realized by software by interpreting and executing a program that realizes each function by the processor. Information such as programs, tables, and files for realizing each function can be stored in a recording device such as a memory, a hard disk, an SSD (Solid State Drive), or a recording medium such as an IC card, an SD card, or a DVD.
また、上記の各構成、機能、処理部、処理手段等は、それらの一部又は全部を、例えば集積回路で設計する等によりハードウェアで実現してもよい。また、上記の各構成、機能等は、プロセッサがそれぞれの機能を実現するプログラムを解釈し、実行することによりソフトウェアで実現してもよい。各機能を実現するプログラム、テーブル、ファイル等の情報は、メモリや、ハードディスク、SSD(Solid State Drive)等の記録装置、または、ICカード、SDカード、DVD等の記録媒体に置くことができる。 In addition, this invention is not limited to an above-described Example, Various modifications are included. For example, the above-described embodiments have been described in detail for easy understanding of the present invention, and are not necessarily limited to those having all the configurations described. Further, a part of the configuration of one embodiment can be replaced with the configuration of another embodiment, and the configuration of another embodiment can be added to the configuration of one embodiment. Further, it is possible to add, delete, and replace other configurations for a part of the configuration of each embodiment.
Each of the above-described configurations, functions, processing units, processing means, and the like may be realized by hardware by designing a part or all of them with, for example, an integrated circuit. Each of the above-described configurations, functions, and the like may be realized by software by interpreting and executing a program that realizes each function by the processor. Information such as programs, tables, and files for realizing each function can be stored in a recording device such as a memory, a hard disk, an SSD (Solid State Drive), or a recording medium such as an IC card, an SD card, or a DVD.
また、制御線や情報線は説明上必要と考えられるものを示しており、製品上必ずしも全ての制御線や情報線を示しているとは限らない。実際には殆ど全ての構成が相互に接続されていると考えてもよい。
Also, the control lines and information lines indicate what is considered necessary for the explanation, and not all the control lines and information lines on the product are necessarily shown. Actually, it may be considered that almost all the components are connected to each other.
101、4101…コンテンツ送出装置
102…欠損補完用データ送出装置
103…ライセンス管理装置
104…決済システム・顧客管理システム
105…リムーバブルメディア
106、4106…受信装置
107…蓄積装置
108…メタデータ送出装置
201…マルチメディア信号発生部
202…13セグメント形式符号化部
203…3セグメント形式符号化部
204…連結フレーム構成部
205…再連結フレーム構成部
206…逆高速フーリエ変換(IFFT)/ガードインターバル付加部
207…アップコンバータ部
208…送信アンプ部
209…アンテナ
211…RS(リード・ソロモン)符号化部
212…変調・符号化部
213…インタリーブ部
214…フレーム構成部
215…階層分割部
216…階層合成部
221…RS(リード・ソロモン)符号化部
222…変調・符号化部
223…インタリーブ部
224…フレーム構成部
301…コンテンツ/メタデータ登録機能
302…メタデータ生成機能
303…メタデータ蓄積機能
304…コンテンツ蓄積・再生機能
305…コンテンツ暗号化機能
306…記録媒体
307…マルチメディア信号発生部
601…入力
602…エネルギー拡散部
603…遅延補正部
604…バイトインターリーブ部
605…畳み込み符号化部
606…キャリア変調部
607…ビットインターリーブ部
608…マッピング部
609…出力
701…入力
702…パイロット信号構成部
703…TMCC(Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control)信号構成部
704…AC(Auxiliary Channel)信号構成部
705…OFDMフレーム構成部
706…出力
1901…アンテナ
1902…選局部
1903…直交復調部
1904…高速フーリエ変換(FFT)部
1905…復調復号部
1906…同期再生部
1907…フレーム抽出部
1908…TMCC復号部
1909…デマックス部
1910…圧縮された放送音声信号のデコード部
1911…音声出力部
1912…圧縮された放送映像信号のデコード部
1913…提示処理部
1914…映像出力部
1915…システムデコード部
1916…書き換え可能タイプ不揮発性メモリ(NVRAM)
1917…ROM(Read Only Memory)
1918…RAM(Random Access Memory)
1919…通信回線インターフェース(I/F)
1920…入出力部(I/O)
1921…システムバス
1922…中央演算処理部(CPU)
1923…ボタン
1924…フロント・エンド (F/E)
1925…バック・エンド (B/E)部
1926…デジタル放送受信装置
1927…リムーバブルメディア
1928…デスクランブル1部
1929…デスクランブル2部
1930…CAS(Conditional Access System)
1931…記録媒体
2101…入力
2102…キャリア復調部
2103…デインターリーブ部
2104…デマッピング部
2105…ビットデインターリーブ部
2106…デパンクチャ部
2107…ビタビ復号部
2108…バイトデインターリーブ部
2109…エネルギー逆拡散部
2110…TS再生部
2111…RS(リード・ソロモン)復号部
2112…出力
2121…階層分割部
2122…階層合成部
2201…入力
2202…キャリア復調部
2203…デインターリーブ部
2204…デマッピング部
2205…ビットデインターリーブ部
2206…デパンクチャ部
2207…ビタビ復号部
2208…バイトデインターリーブ部
2209…エネルギー逆拡散部
2210…TS再生部
2211…RS(リード・ソロモン)復号部
2212…出力
4111…視聴率情報集計装置
4301…メタデータ抽出部
4302…メタデータ解析部
4303…番組情報抽出部
4304…視聴情報データ生成部
4305…受信機登録処理部
4306…受信機登録情報生成部
4307…受信機登録UI生成部
4308…ネットワーク通信処理部
4501…コンテンツ送出装置から配信されるメタデータ
4504…番組の基本情報を記述するメタデータ要素
4505…視聴情報データ送信先情報を記述するメタデータ要素
4506…登録受信機データ送信先情報を記述するメタデータ要素
4507…番組の視聴率情報を記載するメタデータ要素
4801…番組の視聴情報を含む視聴情報データ
4803…番組毎の視聴情報
4901…受信機情報を含む受信機データ
4903…受信機毎の受信機情報
5001…視聴情報データ受信処理部
5002…受信機データ受信処理部
5003…視聴率情報算出部
5101…視聴率処理部 101, 4101 ...Content sending device 102 ... Data sending device for defect complementation 103 ... License management device 104 ... Payment system / customer management system 105 ... Removable media 106, 4106 ... Receiving device 107 ... Storage device 108 ... Metadata sending device 201 ... Multimedia signal generator 202... 13 segment format encoding unit 203... 3 segment format encoding unit 204... Concatenated frame configuration unit 205 .. reconcatenated frame configuration unit 206 ... inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) / guard interval addition unit 207. Up-converter unit 208 ... Transmitting amplifier unit 209 ... Antenna 211 ... RS (Reed-Solomon) encoding unit 212 ... Modulation / encoding unit 213 ... Interleaving unit 214 ... Frame configuration unit 215 ... Hierarchy division unit 216 ... Hierarchy synthesis unit 221 ... RS (Reed Solomo ) Encoding unit 222 ... Modulation / coding unit 223 ... Interleaving unit 224 ... Frame configuration unit 301 ... Content / metadata registration function 302 ... Metadata generation function 303 ... Metadata storage function 304 ... Content storage / playback function 305 ... Content Encryption function 306 ... Recording medium 307 ... Multimedia signal generation unit 601 ... Input 602 ... Energy diffusion unit 603 ... Delay correction unit 604 ... Byte interleaving unit 605 ... Convolutional encoding unit 606 ... Carrier modulation unit 607 ... Bit interleaving unit 608 ... Mapping unit 609 ... Output 701 ... Input 702 ... Pilot signal configuration unit 703 ... TMCC (Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control) signal configuration unit 704 ... AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal configuration unit 705 ... OFDM frame configuration unit 706 ... Output 1901 ... Antenna 19 2 ... Channel selection unit 1903 ... Orthogonal demodulation unit 1904 ... Fast Fourier transform (FFT) unit 1905 ... Demodulation decoding unit 1906 ... Synchronous reproduction unit 1907 ... Frame extraction unit 1908 ... TMCC decoding unit 1909 ... Demax unit 1910 ... Compressed broadcast audio signal Decoding unit 1911 ... audio output unit 1912 ... compressed broadcast video signal decoding unit 1913 ... presentation processing unit 1914 ... video output unit 1915 ... system decoding unit 1916 ... rewritable nonvolatile memory (NVRAM)
1917 ... ROM (Read Only Memory)
1918 ... RAM (Random Access Memory)
1919 Communication interface (I / F)
1920 ... Input / output unit (I / O)
1921 ...System bus 1922 ... Central processing unit (CPU)
1923 ...Button 1924 ... Front End (F / E)
1925 ... Back end (B / E)part 1926 ... Digital broadcast receiver 1927 ... Removable media 1928 ... Descramble part 1 1929 ... Descramble part 2 1930 ... CAS (Conditional Access System)
1931 ... Recording medium 2101 ...Input 2102 ... Carrier demodulation unit 2103 ... Deinterleaving unit 2104 ... Demapping unit 2105 ... Bit deinterleaving unit 2106 ... Depuncture unit 2107 ... Viterbi decoding unit 2108 ... Byte deinterleaving unit 2109 ... Energy despreading unit 2110 ... TS reproduction unit 2111 ... RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding unit 2112 ... Output 2121 ... Hierarchy division unit 2122 ... Hierarchy synthesis unit 2201 ... Input 2202 ... Carrier demodulation unit 2203 ... Deinterleaving unit 2204 ... Demapping unit 2205 ... Bit deinterleave Unit 2206 Depuncture unit 2207 Viterbi decoding unit 2208 Byte deinterleaving unit 2209 Energy despreading unit 2210 TS reproduction unit 2211 RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding unit 2212 Output 4 111 ... audience rating information totaling device 4301 ... metadata extraction unit 4302 ... metadata analysis unit 4303 ... program information extraction unit 4304 ... viewing information data generation unit 4305 ... receiver registration processing unit 4306 ... receiver registration information generation unit 4307 ... reception Machine registration UI generation unit 4308... Network communication processing unit 4501... Metadata 4504 distributed from the content sending device. Metadata element 4505 describing basic information of the program. Metadata element 4506 describing viewing information data transmission destination information. Metadata element 4507 describing registered receiver data transmission destination information ... Metadata element 4801 describing audience rating information of program ... Viewing information data 4803 including viewing information of program ... Viewing information 4901 for each program ... Receiver information Including receiver data 4903 ... Receiver information 5001 for each receiver ... Hearing information data receiver 5002 ... receiver data receiver 5003 ... ratings information calculation unit 5101 ... viewership processor
102…欠損補完用データ送出装置
103…ライセンス管理装置
104…決済システム・顧客管理システム
105…リムーバブルメディア
106、4106…受信装置
107…蓄積装置
108…メタデータ送出装置
201…マルチメディア信号発生部
202…13セグメント形式符号化部
203…3セグメント形式符号化部
204…連結フレーム構成部
205…再連結フレーム構成部
206…逆高速フーリエ変換(IFFT)/ガードインターバル付加部
207…アップコンバータ部
208…送信アンプ部
209…アンテナ
211…RS(リード・ソロモン)符号化部
212…変調・符号化部
213…インタリーブ部
214…フレーム構成部
215…階層分割部
216…階層合成部
221…RS(リード・ソロモン)符号化部
222…変調・符号化部
223…インタリーブ部
224…フレーム構成部
301…コンテンツ/メタデータ登録機能
302…メタデータ生成機能
303…メタデータ蓄積機能
304…コンテンツ蓄積・再生機能
305…コンテンツ暗号化機能
306…記録媒体
307…マルチメディア信号発生部
601…入力
602…エネルギー拡散部
603…遅延補正部
604…バイトインターリーブ部
605…畳み込み符号化部
606…キャリア変調部
607…ビットインターリーブ部
608…マッピング部
609…出力
701…入力
702…パイロット信号構成部
703…TMCC(Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control)信号構成部
704…AC(Auxiliary Channel)信号構成部
705…OFDMフレーム構成部
706…出力
1901…アンテナ
1902…選局部
1903…直交復調部
1904…高速フーリエ変換(FFT)部
1905…復調復号部
1906…同期再生部
1907…フレーム抽出部
1908…TMCC復号部
1909…デマックス部
1910…圧縮された放送音声信号のデコード部
1911…音声出力部
1912…圧縮された放送映像信号のデコード部
1913…提示処理部
1914…映像出力部
1915…システムデコード部
1916…書き換え可能タイプ不揮発性メモリ(NVRAM)
1917…ROM(Read Only Memory)
1918…RAM(Random Access Memory)
1919…通信回線インターフェース(I/F)
1920…入出力部(I/O)
1921…システムバス
1922…中央演算処理部(CPU)
1923…ボタン
1924…フロント・エンド (F/E)
1925…バック・エンド (B/E)部
1926…デジタル放送受信装置
1927…リムーバブルメディア
1928…デスクランブル1部
1929…デスクランブル2部
1930…CAS(Conditional Access System)
1931…記録媒体
2101…入力
2102…キャリア復調部
2103…デインターリーブ部
2104…デマッピング部
2105…ビットデインターリーブ部
2106…デパンクチャ部
2107…ビタビ復号部
2108…バイトデインターリーブ部
2109…エネルギー逆拡散部
2110…TS再生部
2111…RS(リード・ソロモン)復号部
2112…出力
2121…階層分割部
2122…階層合成部
2201…入力
2202…キャリア復調部
2203…デインターリーブ部
2204…デマッピング部
2205…ビットデインターリーブ部
2206…デパンクチャ部
2207…ビタビ復号部
2208…バイトデインターリーブ部
2209…エネルギー逆拡散部
2210…TS再生部
2211…RS(リード・ソロモン)復号部
2212…出力
4111…視聴率情報集計装置
4301…メタデータ抽出部
4302…メタデータ解析部
4303…番組情報抽出部
4304…視聴情報データ生成部
4305…受信機登録処理部
4306…受信機登録情報生成部
4307…受信機登録UI生成部
4308…ネットワーク通信処理部
4501…コンテンツ送出装置から配信されるメタデータ
4504…番組の基本情報を記述するメタデータ要素
4505…視聴情報データ送信先情報を記述するメタデータ要素
4506…登録受信機データ送信先情報を記述するメタデータ要素
4507…番組の視聴率情報を記載するメタデータ要素
4801…番組の視聴情報を含む視聴情報データ
4803…番組毎の視聴情報
4901…受信機情報を含む受信機データ
4903…受信機毎の受信機情報
5001…視聴情報データ受信処理部
5002…受信機データ受信処理部
5003…視聴率情報算出部
5101…視聴率処理部 101, 4101 ...
1917 ... ROM (Read Only Memory)
1918 ... RAM (Random Access Memory)
1919 Communication interface (I / F)
1920 ... Input / output unit (I / O)
1921 ...
1923 ...
1925 ... Back end (B / E)
1931 ... Recording medium 2101 ...
Claims (3)
- デジタル放送波により、番組とともに、受信装置で生成される視聴情報データを送信するための送信先情報を含むメタデータを送出する送出装置と、
前記デジタル放送を受信して、番組を選局する受信部と、
前記受信部で特定の番組を所定の時間以上選局する状態が継続した場合に、当該番組を視聴中の番組とした、番組名と選局時刻からなる視聴情報データを生成する視聴情報データ生成部と、
前記受信部で受信したデジタル放送のメタデータから前記視聴情報データを送信するための送信先情報を抽出する送信先情報抽出部と、
前記視聴情報データを前記送信先情報に従って送信する送信部と、
を備える受信装置と、
からなるデジタル放送送受信システム。 A sending device for sending metadata including transmission destination information for sending viewing information data generated by a receiving device together with a program by digital broadcast waves;
A receiver for receiving the digital broadcast and selecting a program;
Viewing information data generation for generating viewing information data including a program name and a tuning time, when the receiving unit continues to select a specific program for a predetermined time or longer, and the program is viewed. And
A transmission destination information extracting unit for extracting transmission destination information for transmitting the viewing information data from the digital broadcast metadata received by the reception unit;
A transmission unit for transmitting the viewing information data according to the transmission destination information;
A receiving device comprising:
Digital broadcasting transmission / reception system consisting of - メタデータを含むデジタル放送を受信して、番組を選局する受信部と、
前記受信部で特定の番組を所定の時間以上選局する状態が継続した場合に、当該番組を視聴中の番組とした、番組名と選局時刻からなる視聴情報データを生成する視聴情報データ生成部と、
前記受信部で受信したデジタル放送のメタデータから前記視聴情報データを送信するための送信先情報を抽出する送信先情報抽出部と、
前記視聴情報データを前記送信先情報に従って送信する送信部と、
を備えることを特徴とする受信装置。 Receiving a digital broadcast including metadata and selecting a program; and
Viewing information data generation for generating viewing information data including a program name and a tuning time, when the receiving unit continues to select a specific program for a predetermined time or longer, and the program is viewed. And
A transmission destination information extracting unit for extracting transmission destination information for transmitting the viewing information data from the digital broadcast metadata received by the reception unit;
A transmission unit for transmitting the viewing information data according to the transmission destination information;
A receiving apparatus comprising: - デジタル放送波により、番組とともに、受信装置で生成される視聴情報データを送信するための送信先情報を含むメタデータを送出することを特徴とする送出装置。 A sending device characterized by sending metadata including transmission destination information for sending viewing information data generated by a receiving device together with a program by a digital broadcast wave.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2011/006843 WO2013084263A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2011-12-07 | Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2011/006843 WO2013084263A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2011-12-07 | Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2013084263A1 true WO2013084263A1 (en) | 2013-06-13 |
Family
ID=48573675
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2011/006843 WO2013084263A1 (en) | 2011-12-07 | 2011-12-07 | Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2013084263A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN104394433A (en) * | 2014-11-27 | 2015-03-04 | 北京国双科技有限公司 | Method and device for detecting play times of multimedia file in television channel |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2004274394A (en) * | 2003-03-07 | 2004-09-30 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Audiovisual information collection method for broadcasting directed to reception on mobile terminal |
JP2006222574A (en) * | 2005-02-08 | 2006-08-24 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Digital broadcast receiving terminal |
WO2007097387A1 (en) * | 2006-02-22 | 2007-08-30 | Access Co., Ltd. | Program broadcast system and program content distribution system |
-
2011
- 2011-12-07 WO PCT/JP2011/006843 patent/WO2013084263A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2004274394A (en) * | 2003-03-07 | 2004-09-30 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Audiovisual information collection method for broadcasting directed to reception on mobile terminal |
JP2006222574A (en) * | 2005-02-08 | 2006-08-24 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Digital broadcast receiving terminal |
WO2007097387A1 (en) * | 2006-02-22 | 2007-08-30 | Access Co., Ltd. | Program broadcast system and program content distribution system |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN104394433A (en) * | 2014-11-27 | 2015-03-04 | 北京国双科技有限公司 | Method and device for detecting play times of multimedia file in television channel |
CN104394433B (en) * | 2014-11-27 | 2019-04-12 | 北京国双科技有限公司 | The method and apparatus for detecting the broadcasting time of multimedia file in television channel |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11696000B2 (en) | Method for transmitting broadcast signals and method for receiving broadcast signals | |
JP5733769B2 (en) | Content receiving apparatus, content receiving method, and digital broadcast transmission / reception system | |
US9736547B2 (en) | Method for mapping signaling information to announcement information and broadcast receiver | |
JP4631235B2 (en) | Digital broadcast transmission method, digital broadcast transmission apparatus, and digital broadcast reception apparatus | |
JP5071544B2 (en) | Digital broadcast transmission method, digital broadcast transmission apparatus, and digital broadcast reception apparatus | |
US8347343B2 (en) | Method for receiving a broadcast signal | |
US20160352793A1 (en) | Apparatus for processing a hybrid broadcast service, and method for processing a hybrid broadcast service | |
EP3923589A1 (en) | Broadcast signal transmission device, broadcast signal transmission method, broadcast signal reception method, and broadcast signal reception device | |
KR101769381B1 (en) | Method for transmitting and receiving a broadcast signal and a broadcast receiver using the method | |
JP6599864B2 (en) | Broadcast signal transmitting apparatus, broadcast signal receiving apparatus, broadcast signal transmitting method, and broadcast signal receiving method | |
US8185925B2 (en) | Digital broadcasting system and method of processing data in the digital broadcasting system | |
US20230353266A1 (en) | Broadcast receiving apparatus and method of processing transmission waves | |
WO2012042746A1 (en) | Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, and content sending apparatus and receiving apparatus | |
JP2012100179A (en) | Transmitter and transmission method for digital broadcasting, and receiver and reception method for digital broadcasting | |
WO2013084263A1 (en) | Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus | |
JP2013157680A (en) | Receiving device and digital broadcast transmitting and receiving system | |
WO2013124900A1 (en) | Transmitter apparatus, receiver apparatus, and transmission/reception method | |
WO2013084262A1 (en) | Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and content sending apparatus | |
JP2014033331A (en) | Reception device and transmission/reception system | |
US20170134809A1 (en) | Broadcasting signal transmission apparatus, broadcasting signal reception apparatus, broadcasting signal transmission method, and broadcasting signal reception method | |
JP2012100178A (en) | Transmitter and transmission method for digital broadcasting, and receiver and reception method for digital broadcasting | |
JP2012074921A (en) | Transmitter and transmission method for digital broadcasting, and receiver and reception method for digital broadcasting | |
JP2013131876A (en) | Digital broadcast transmitter and digital broadcast receiver | |
JP2013128231A (en) | Digital broadcast reception system, digital broadcast transmitter and digital broadcast receiver | |
KR20070070953A (en) | Data structure and method for epg service and mobile-type broadcasting receiver |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 11877146 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 11877146 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: JP |